History log of /linux-master/fs/super.c
Revision Date Author Comments
# 22650a99 26-Mar-2024 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs,block: yield devices early

Currently a device is only really released once the umount returns to
userspace due to how file closing works. That ultimately could cause
an old umount assumption to be violated that concurrent umount and mount
don't fail. So an exclusively held device with a temporary holder should
be yielded before the filesystem is gone. Add a helper that allows
callers to do that. This also allows us to remove the two holder ops
that Linus wasn't excited about.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240326-vfs-bdev-end_holder-v1-1-20af85202918@kernel.org
Fixes: f3a608827d1f ("bdev: open block device as files") # mainline only
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 59a55a63 14-Mar-2024 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs,block: get holder during claim

Now that we open block devices as files we need to deal with the
realities that closing is a deferred operation. An operation on the
block device such as e.g., freeze, thaw, or removal that runs
concurrently with umount, tries to acquire a stable reference on the
holder. The holder might already be gone though. Make that reliable by
grabbing a passive reference to the holder during bdev_open() and
releasing it during bdev_release().

Fixes: f3a608827d1f ("bdev: open block device as files") # mainline only
Reported-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/ZfEQQ9jZZVes0WCZ@infradead.org
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Tested-by: Yi Zhang <yi.zhang@redhat.com>
Reported-by: https://lore.kernel.org/r/CAHj4cs8tbDwKRwfS1=DmooP73ysM__xAb2PQc6XsAmWR+VuYmg@mail.gmail.com
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240315-freibad-annehmbar-ca68c375af91@brauner
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# f3a60882 08-Feb-2024 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

bdev: open block device as files

Add two new helpers to allow opening block devices as files.
This is not the final infrastructure. This still opens the block device
before opening a struct a file. Until we have removed all references to
struct bdev_handle we can't switch the order:

* Introduce blk_to_file_flags() to translate from block specific to
flags usable to pen a new file.
* Introduce bdev_file_open_by_{dev,path}().
* Introduce temporary sb_bdev_handle() helper to retrieve a struct
bdev_handle from a block device file and update places that directly
reference struct bdev_handle to rely on it.
* Don't count block device openes against the number of open files. A
bdev_file_open_by_{dev,path}() file is never installed into any
file descriptor table.

One idea that came to mind was to use kernel_tmpfile_open() which
would require us to pass a path and it would then call do_dentry_open()
going through the regular fops->open::blkdev_open() path. But then we're
back to the problem of routing block specific flags such as
BLK_OPEN_RESTRICT_WRITES through the open path and would have to waste
FMODE_* flags every time we add a new one. With this we can avoid using
a flag bit and we have more leeway in how we open block devices from
bdev_open_by_{dev,path}().

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240123-vfs-bdev-file-v2-1-adbd023e19cc@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 583340de 01-Feb-2024 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

fs/super.c: don't drop ->s_user_ns until we free struct super_block itself

Avoids fun races in RCU pathwalk... Same goes for freeing LSM shite
hanging off super_block's arse.

Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 2a0e8571 27-Dec-2023 Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>

fs: move fscrypt keyring destruction to after ->put_super

btrfs has a variety of asynchronous things we do with inodes that can
potentially last until ->put_super, when we shut everything down and
clean up all of our async work. Due to this we need to move
fscrypt_destroy_keyring() to after ->put_super, otherwise we get
warnings about still having active references on the master key.

Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231227171429.9223-3-ebiggers@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>


# 2b46a19d 08-Dec-2023 Alexander Mikhalitsyn <alexander@mihalicyn.com>

fs: super: use GFP_KERNEL instead of GFP_USER for super block allocation

There is no reason to use a GFP_USER flag for struct super_block allocation
in the alloc_super(). Instead, let's use GFP_KERNEL for that.

>From the memory management perspective, the only difference between
GFP_USER and GFP_KERNEL is that GFP_USER allocations are tied to a cpuset,
while GFP_KERNEL ones are not.

There is no real issue and this is not a candidate to go to the stable,
but let's fix it for a consistency sake.

Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Cc: <linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Mikhalitsyn <aleksandr.mikhalitsyn@canonical.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231208151022.156273-1-aleksandr.mikhalitsyn@canonical.com
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 63513f85 26-Nov-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: don't bother with WARN_ON_ONCE()

We hold our own active reference and we've checked it above.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231127-vfs-super-massage-wait-v1-2-9ab277bfd01a@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# b30850c5 26-Nov-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: massage wait event mechanism

We're currently using two separate helpers wait_born() and wait_dead()
when we can just all do it in a single helper super_load_flags(). We're
also acquiring the lock before we check whether this superblock is even
a viable candidate. If it's already dying we don't even need to bother
with the lock.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231127-vfs-super-massage-wait-v1-1-9ab277bfd01a@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 7366f8b6 04-Nov-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: handle freezing from multiple devices

Before [1] freezing a filesystems through the block layer only worked
for the main block device as the owning superblock of additional block
devices could not be found. Any filesystem that made use of multiple
block devices would only be freezable via it's main block device.

For example, consider xfs over device mapper with /dev/dm-0 as main
block device and /dev/dm-1 as external log device. Two freeze requests
before [1]:

(1) dmsetup suspend /dev/dm-0 on the main block device

bdev_freeze(dm-0)
-> dm-0->bd_fsfreeze_count++
-> freeze_super(xfs-sb)

The owning superblock is found and the filesystem gets frozen.
Returns 0.

(2) dmsetup suspend /dev/dm-1 on the log device

bdev_freeze(dm-1)
-> dm-1->bd_fsfreeze_count++

The owning superblock isn't found and only the block device freeze
count is incremented. Returns 0.

Two freeze requests after [1]:

(1') dmsetup suspend /dev/dm-0 on the main block device

bdev_freeze(dm-0)
-> dm-0->bd_fsfreeze_count++
-> freeze_super(xfs-sb)

The owning superblock is found and the filesystem gets frozen.
Returns 0.

(2') dmsetup suspend /dev/dm-1 on the log device

bdev_freeze(dm-0)
-> dm-0->bd_fsfreeze_count++
-> freeze_super(xfs-sb)

The owning superblock is found and the filesystem gets frozen.
Returns -EBUSY.

When (2') is called we initiate a freeze from another block device of
the same superblock. So we increment the bd_fsfreeze_count for that
additional block device. But we now also find the owning superblock for
additional block devices and call freeze_super() again which reports
-EBUSY.

This can be reproduced through xfstests via:

mkfs.xfs -f -m crc=1,reflink=1,rmapbt=1, -i sparse=1 -lsize=1g,logdev=/dev/nvme1n1p4 /dev/nvme1n1p3
mkfs.xfs -f -m crc=1,reflink=1,rmapbt=1, -i sparse=1 -lsize=1g,logdev=/dev/nvme1n1p6 /dev/nvme1n1p5

FSTYP=xfs
export TEST_DEV=/dev/nvme1n1p3
export TEST_DIR=/mnt/test
export TEST_LOGDEV=/dev/nvme1n1p4
export SCRATCH_DEV=/dev/nvme1n1p5
export SCRATCH_MNT=/mnt/scratch
export SCRATCH_LOGDEV=/dev/nvme1n1p6
export USE_EXTERNAL=yes

sudo ./check generic/311

Current semantics allow two concurrent freezers: one initiated from
userspace via FREEZE_HOLDER_USERSPACE and one initiated from the kernel
via FREEZE_HOLDER_KERNEL. If there are multiple concurrent freeze
requests from either FREEZE_HOLDER_USERSPACE or FREEZE_HOLDER_KERNEL
-EBUSY is returned.

We need to preserve these semantics because as they are uapi via
FIFREEZE and FITHAW ioctl()s. IOW, freezes don't nest for FIFREEZE and
FITHAW. Other kernels consumers rely on non-nesting freezes as well.

With freezes initiated from the block layer freezes need to nest if the
same superblock is frozen via multiple devices. So we need to start
counting the number of freeze requests.

If FREEZE_MAY_NEST is passed alongside FREEZE_HOLDER_KERNEL or
FREEZE_HOLDER_USERSPACE we allow the caller to nest freeze calls.

To accommodate the old semantics we split the freeze counter into two
counting kernel initiated and userspace initiated freezes separately. We
can then also stop recording FREEZE_HOLDER_* in struct sb_writers.

We also simplify freezing by making all concurrent freezers share a
single active superblock reference count instead of having separate
references for kernel and userspace. I don't see why we would need two
active reference counts. Neither FREEZE_HOLDER_KERNEL nor
FREEZE_HOLDER_USERSPACE can put the active reference as long as they are
concurrent freezers anwyay. That was already true before we allowed
nesting freezes.

Survives various fstests runs with different options including the
reproducer, online scrub, and online repair, fsfreze, and so on. Also
survives blktests.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-block/87bkccnwxc.fsf@debian-BULLSEYE-live-builder-AMD64
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231104-vfs-multi-device-freeze-v2-2-5b5b69626eac@kernel.org
Fixes: 288d8706abfc ("bdev: implement freeze and thaw holder operations") [1] # no backport needed
Tested-by: Chandan Babu R <chandanbabu@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reported-by: Chandan Babu R <chandanbabu@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# efa5d065 04-Nov-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: remove dead check

Above we call super_lock_excl() which waits until the superblock is
SB_BORN and since SB_BORN is never unset once set this check can never
fire. Plus, we also hold an active reference at this point already so
this superblock can't even be shutdown.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231104-vfs-multi-device-freeze-v2-1-5b5b69626eac@kernel.org
Tested-by: Chandan Babu R <chandanbabu@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 24c372d5 27-Oct-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: streamline thaw_super_locked

Add a new out_unlock label to share code that just releases s_umount
and returns an error, and rename and reuse the out label that deactivates
the sb for one more case.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231027064001.GA9469@lst.de
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 761c47a9 24-Oct-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: simplify setup_bdev_super() calls

There's no need to drop s_umount anymore now that we removed all sources
where s_umount is taken beneath open_mutex or bd_holder_lock.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231024-vfs-super-rework-v1-1-37a8aa697148@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 97cbed04 24-Oct-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: remove unused helper

The grab_super() helper is now only used by grab_super_dead(). Merge the
two helpers into one.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231024-vfs-super-freeze-v2-8-599c19f4faac@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 434f8d82 24-Oct-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: remove get_active_super()

This function is now unused so remove it. One less function that uses
the global superblock list.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231024-vfs-super-freeze-v2-6-599c19f4faac@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 49ef8832 27-Sep-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

bdev: implement freeze and thaw holder operations

The old method of implementing block device freeze and thaw operations
required us to rely on get_active_super() to walk the list of all
superblocks on the system to find any superblock that might use the
block device. This is wasteful and not very pleasant overall.

Now that we can finally go straight from block device to owning
superblock things become way simpler.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231024-vfs-super-freeze-v2-5-599c19f4faac@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 982c3b30 24-Oct-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

bdev: rename freeze and thaw helpers

We have bdev_mark_dead() etc and we're going to move block device
freezing to holder ops in the next patch. Make the naming consistent:

* freeze_bdev() -> bdev_freeze()
* thaw_bdev() -> bdev_thaw()

Also document the return code.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231024-vfs-super-freeze-v2-2-599c19f4faac@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# f0cd9880 24-Oct-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: massage locking helpers

Multiple people have balked at the the fact that
super_lock{_shared,_excluse}() return booleans and even if they return
false hold s_umount. So let's change them to only hold s_umount when
true is returned and change the code accordingly.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231024-vfs-super-freeze-v2-1-599c19f4faac@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 389a4a4a 22-Aug-2023 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>

ovl: punt write aio completion to workqueue

We want to protect concurrent updates of ovl inode size and mtime
(i.e. ovl_copyattr()) from aio completion context.

Punt write aio completion to a workqueue so that we can protect
ovl_copyattr() with a spinlock.

Export sb_init_dio_done_wq(), so that overlayfs can use its own
dio workqueue to punt aio completions.

Suggested-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/8620dfd3-372d-4ae0-aa3f-2fe97dda1bca@kernel.dk/
Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>


# 8a0e8bb1 11-Sep-2023 Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>

mm: shrinker: convert shrinker_rwsem to mutex

Now there are no readers of shrinker_rwsem, so we can simply replace it
with mutex lock.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: update the fix to alloc_shrinker_info()]
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230911094444.68966-46-zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com
Signed-off-by: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>
Reviewed-by: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com>
Cc: Abhinav Kumar <quic_abhinavk@quicinc.com>
Cc: Alasdair Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Alyssa Rosenzweig <alyssa.rosenzweig@collabora.com>
Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger.kernel@dilger.ca>
Cc: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com>
Cc: Anna Schumaker <anna@kernel.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Bob Peterson <rpeterso@redhat.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Carlos Llamas <cmllamas@google.com>
Cc: Chandan Babu R <chandan.babu@oracle.com>
Cc: Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Cc: Christian Koenig <christian.koenig@amd.com>
Cc: Chuck Lever <cel@kernel.org>
Cc: Coly Li <colyli@suse.de>
Cc: Dai Ngo <Dai.Ngo@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel@ffwll.ch>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: "Darrick J. Wong" <djwong@kernel.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David Airlie <airlied@gmail.com>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: Dmitry Baryshkov <dmitry.baryshkov@linaro.org>
Cc: Gao Xiang <hsiangkao@linux.alibaba.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Huang Rui <ray.huang@amd.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
Cc: Jeffle Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com>
Cc: Joel Fernandes (Google) <joel@joelfernandes.org>
Cc: Joonas Lahtinen <joonas.lahtinen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
Cc: Kirill Tkhai <tkhai@ya.ru>
Cc: Marijn Suijten <marijn.suijten@somainline.org>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@kernel.org>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Nadav Amit <namit@vmware.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Oleksandr Tyshchenko <oleksandr_tyshchenko@epam.com>
Cc: Olga Kornievskaia <kolga@netapp.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Cc: Rodrigo Vivi <rodrigo.vivi@intel.com>
Cc: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Sean Paul <sean@poorly.run>
Cc: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org>
Cc: Song Liu <song@kernel.org>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Cc: Steven Price <steven.price@arm.com>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tomeu Vizoso <tomeu.vizoso@collabora.com>
Cc: Tom Talpey <tom@talpey.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Xuan Zhuo <xuanzhuo@linux.alibaba.com>
Cc: Yue Hu <huyue2@coolpad.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>


# 1720f5dd 11-Sep-2023 Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>

fs: super: dynamically allocate the s_shrink

In preparation for implementing lockless slab shrink, use new APIs to
dynamically allocate the s_shrink, so that it can be freed asynchronously
via RCU. Then it doesn't need to wait for RCU read-side critical section
when releasing the struct super_block.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230911094444.68966-39-zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com
Signed-off-by: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>
Reviewed-by: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com>
Acked-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Cc: Abhinav Kumar <quic_abhinavk@quicinc.com>
Cc: Alasdair Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
Cc: Alyssa Rosenzweig <alyssa.rosenzweig@collabora.com>
Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger.kernel@dilger.ca>
Cc: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com>
Cc: Anna Schumaker <anna@kernel.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Bob Peterson <rpeterso@redhat.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Carlos Llamas <cmllamas@google.com>
Cc: Chandan Babu R <chandan.babu@oracle.com>
Cc: Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org>
Cc: Christian Koenig <christian.koenig@amd.com>
Cc: Chuck Lever <cel@kernel.org>
Cc: Coly Li <colyli@suse.de>
Cc: Dai Ngo <Dai.Ngo@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel@ffwll.ch>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: "Darrick J. Wong" <djwong@kernel.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David Airlie <airlied@gmail.com>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Baryshkov <dmitry.baryshkov@linaro.org>
Cc: Gao Xiang <hsiangkao@linux.alibaba.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Huang Rui <ray.huang@amd.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
Cc: Jeffle Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com>
Cc: Joel Fernandes (Google) <joel@joelfernandes.org>
Cc: Joonas Lahtinen <joonas.lahtinen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
Cc: Kirill Tkhai <tkhai@ya.ru>
Cc: Marijn Suijten <marijn.suijten@somainline.org>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@kernel.org>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Muchun Song <muchun.song@linux.dev>
Cc: Nadav Amit <namit@vmware.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Oleksandr Tyshchenko <oleksandr_tyshchenko@epam.com>
Cc: Olga Kornievskaia <kolga@netapp.com>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Cc: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Cc: Rodrigo Vivi <rodrigo.vivi@intel.com>
Cc: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Sean Paul <sean@poorly.run>
Cc: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org>
Cc: Song Liu <song@kernel.org>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Cc: Steven Price <steven.price@arm.com>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tomeu Vizoso <tomeu.vizoso@collabora.com>
Cc: Tom Talpey <tom@talpey.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Cc: Tvrtko Ursulin <tvrtko.ursulin@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Xuan Zhuo <xuanzhuo@linux.alibaba.com>
Cc: Yue Hu <huyue2@coolpad.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>


# 3b224e1d 17-Oct-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: assert that open_mutex isn't held over holder ops

With recent block level changes we should never be in a situation where
we hold disk->open_mutex when calling into these helpers. So assert that
in the code.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231017184823.1383356-6-hch@lst.de
Reviewed-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# fd146410 18-Oct-2023 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Avoid grabbing sb->s_umount under bdev->bd_holder_lock

The implementation of bdev holder operations such as fs_bdev_mark_dead()
and fs_bdev_sync() grab sb->s_umount semaphore under
bdev->bd_holder_lock. This is problematic because it leads to
disk->open_mutex -> sb->s_umount lock ordering which is counterintuitive
(usually we grab higher level (e.g. filesystem) locks first and lower
level (e.g. block layer) locks later) and indeed makes lockdep complain
about possible locking cycles whenever we open a block device while
holding sb->s_umount semaphore. Implement a function
bdev_super_lock_shared() which safely transitions from holding
bdev->bd_holder_lock to holding sb->s_umount on alive superblock without
introducing the problematic lock dependency. We use this function
fs_bdev_sync() and fs_bdev_mark_dead().

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231018152924.3858-1-jack@suse.cz
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231017184823.1383356-1-hch@lst.de
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# f4a48bc3 27-Sep-2023 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Convert to bdev_open_by_dev()

Convert mount code to use bdev_open_by_dev() and propagate the handle
around to bdev_release().

Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230927093442.25915-19-jack@suse.cz
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 69881be3 29-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: export sget_dev()

They will be used for mtd devices as well.

Acked-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Message-Id: <20230829-vfs-super-mtd-v1-1-fecb572e5df3@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# dc3216b1 28-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: ensure valid info

For keyed filesystems that recycle superblocks based on s_fs_info or
information contained therein s_fs_info must be kept as long as the
superblock is on the filesystem type super list. This isn't guaranteed
as s_fs_info will be freed latest in sb->kill_sb().

The fix is simply to perform notification and list removal in
kill_anon_super(). Any filesystem needs to free s_fs_info after they
call the kill_*() helpers. If they don't they risk use-after-free right
now so fixing it here is guaranteed that s_fs_info remain valid.

For block backed filesystems notifying in pass sb->kill_sb() in
deactivate_locked_super() remains unproblematic and is required because
multiple other block devices can be shut down after kill_block_super()
has been called from a filesystem's sb->kill_sb() handler. For example,
ext4 and xfs close additional devices. Block based filesystems don't
depend on s_fs_info (btrfs does use s_fs_info but also uses
kill_anon_super() and not kill_block_super().).

Sorry for that braino. Goal should be to unify this behavior during this
cycle obviously. But let's please do a simple bugfix now.

Fixes: 2c18a63b760a ("super: wait until we passed kill super")
Fixes: syzbot+5b64180f8d9e39d3f061@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reported-by: syzbot+5b64180f8d9e39d3f061@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Message-Id: <20230828-vfs-super-fixes-v1-2-b37a4a04a88f@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 345a5c4a 28-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: move lockdep assert

Fix braino and move the lockdep assertion after put_super() otherwise we
risk a use-after-free.

Fixes: 2c18a63b760a ("super: wait until we passed kill super")
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Message-Id: <20230828-vfs-super-fixes-v1-1-b37a4a04a88f@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 4a8b719f 01-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: remove emergency_thaw_bdev

Fold emergency_thaw_bdev into it's only caller, to prepare for buffer.c
to be built only when buffer_head support is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <johannes.thumshirn@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230801172201.1923299-2-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 051178c3 22-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: use higher-level helper for {freeze,thaw}

It's not necessary to use low-level locking helpers here. Use the
higher-level locking helpers and log if the superblock is dying. Since
the caller is assumed to already hold an active reference it isn't
possible to observe a dying superblock.

Suggested-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 2c18a63b 18-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: wait until we passed kill super

Recent rework moved block device closing out of sb->put_super() and into
sb->kill_sb() to avoid deadlocks as s_umount is held in put_super() and
blkdev_put() can end up taking s_umount again.

That means we need to move the removal of the superblock from @fs_supers
out of generic_shutdown_super() and into deactivate_locked_super() to
ensure that concurrent mounters don't fail to open block devices that
are still in use because blkdev_put() in sb->kill_sb() hasn't been
called yet.

We can now do this as we can make iterators through @fs_super and
@super_blocks wait without holding s_umount. Concurrent mounts will wait
until a dying superblock is fully dead so until sb->kill_sb() has been
called and SB_DEAD been set. Concurrent iterators can already discard
any SB_DYING superblock.

Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Message-Id: <20230818-vfs-super-fixes-v3-v3-4-9f0b1876e46b@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 5e874914 18-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: wait for nascent superblocks

Recent patches experiment with making it possible to allocate a new
superblock before opening the relevant block device. Naturally this has
intricate side-effects that we get to learn about while developing this.

Superblock allocators such as sget{_fc}() return with s_umount of the
new superblock held and lock ordering currently requires that block
level locks such as bdev_lock and open_mutex rank above s_umount.

Before aca740cecbe5 ("fs: open block device after superblock creation")
ordering was guaranteed to be correct as block devices were opened prior
to superblock allocation and thus s_umount wasn't held. But now s_umount
must be dropped before opening block devices to avoid locking
violations.

This has consequences. The main one being that iterators over
@super_blocks and @fs_supers that grab a temporary reference to the
superblock can now also grab s_umount before the caller has managed to
open block devices and called fill_super(). So whereas before such
iterators or concurrent mounts would have simply slept on s_umount until
SB_BORN was set or the superblock was discard due to initalization
failure they can now needlessly spin through sget{_fc}().

If the caller is sleeping on bdev_lock or open_mutex one caller waiting
on SB_BORN will always spin somewhere and potentially this can go on for
quite a while.

It should be possible to drop s_umount while allowing iterators to wait
on a nascent superblock to either be born or discarded. This patch
implements a wait_var_event() mechanism allowing iterators to sleep
until they are woken when the superblock is born or discarded.

This also allows us to avoid relooping through @fs_supers and
@super_blocks if a superblock isn't yet born or dying.

Link: aca740cecbe5 ("fs: open block device after superblock creation")
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Message-Id: <20230818-vfs-super-fixes-v3-v3-3-9f0b1876e46b@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# d8ce82ef 18-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: make locking naming consistent

Make the naming consistent with the earlier introduced
super_lock_{read,write}() helpers.

Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Message-Id: <20230818-vfs-super-fixes-v3-v3-2-9f0b1876e46b@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 0ed33598 18-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: use locking helpers

Replace the open-coded {down,up}_{read,write}() calls with simple
wrappers. Follow-up patches will benefit from this as well.

Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Message-Id: <20230818-vfs-super-fixes-v3-v3-1-9f0b1876e46b@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# e127b9bc 10-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: simplify invalidate_inodes

kill_dirty has always been true for a long time, so hard code it and
remove the unused return value.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Message-Id: <20230811100828.1897174-18-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 38bcdd38 10-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: remove get_super

get_super is unused now, remove it.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Message-Id: <20230811100828.1897174-17-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 2142b88c 10-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: call into the file system for ioctl BLKFLSBUF

BLKFLSBUF is a historic ioctl that is called on a file handle to a
block device and syncs either the file system mounted on that block
device if there is one, or otherwise the just the data on the block
device.

Replace the get_super based syncing with a holder operation to remove
the last usage of get_super, and to also support syncing the file system
if the block device is not the main block device stored in s_dev.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Message-Id: <20230811100828.1897174-16-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# d8530de5 10-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: call into the file system for bdev_mark_dead

Combine the newly merged bdev_mark_dead helper with the existing
mark_dead holder operation so that all operations that invalidate
a device that is dead or being removed now go through the holder
ops. This allows file systems to explicitly shutdown either ASAP
(for a surprise removal) or after writing back data (for an orderly
removal), and do so not only for the main device.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Message-Id: <20230811100828.1897174-15-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 560e20e4 10-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: consolidate __invalidate_device and fsync_bdev

We currently have two interfaces that take a block_devices and the find
a mounted file systems to flush or invaldidate data on it. Both are a
bit problematic because they only work for the "main" block devices
that is used as s_dev for the super_block, and because they don't call
into the file system at all.

Merge the two into a new bdev_mark_dead helper that does both the
syncing and invalidation and which is properly documented. This is
in preparation of merging the functionality into the ->mark_dead
holder operation so that it will work on additional block devices
used by a file systems and give us a single entry point for invalidation
of dead devices or media.

Note that a single standalone fsync_bdev call for an obscure ioctl
remains for now, but that one will also be deal with in a bit.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Message-Id: <20230811100828.1897174-14-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 22ed7ecd 02-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

fs: add FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL

Summary
=======

This introduces FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL which will allows userspace to
implement something like mount -t ext4 --exclusive /dev/sda /B which
fails if a superblock for the requested filesystem does already exist:

Before this patch
-----------------

$ sudo ./move-mount -f xfs -o source=/dev/sda4 /A
Requesting filesystem type xfs
Mount options requested: source=/dev/sda4
Attaching mount at /A
Moving single attached mount
Setting key(source) with val(/dev/sda4)

$ sudo ./move-mount -f xfs -o source=/dev/sda4 /B
Requesting filesystem type xfs
Mount options requested: source=/dev/sda4
Attaching mount at /B
Moving single attached mount
Setting key(source) with val(/dev/sda4)

After this patch with --exclusive as a switch for FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

$ sudo ./move-mount -f xfs --exclusive -o source=/dev/sda4 /A
Requesting filesystem type xfs
Request exclusive superblock creation
Mount options requested: source=/dev/sda4
Attaching mount at /A
Moving single attached mount
Setting key(source) with val(/dev/sda4)

$ sudo ./move-mount -f xfs --exclusive -o source=/dev/sda4 /B
Requesting filesystem type xfs
Request exclusive superblock creation
Mount options requested: source=/dev/sda4
Attaching mount at /B
Moving single attached mount
Setting key(source) with val(/dev/sda4)
Device or resource busy | move-mount.c: 300: do_fsconfig: i xfs: reusing existing filesystem not allowed

Details
=======

As mentioned on the list (cf. [1]-[3]) mount requests like
mount -t ext4 /dev/sda /A are ambigous for userspace. Either a new
superblock has been created and mounted or an existing superblock has
been reused and a bind-mount has been created.

This becomes clear in the following example where two processes create
the same mount for the same block device:

P1 P2
fd_fs = fsopen("ext4"); fd_fs = fsopen("ext4");
fsconfig(fd_fs, FSCONFIG_SET_STRING, "source", "/dev/sda"); fsconfig(fd_fs, FSCONFIG_SET_STRING, "source", "/dev/sda");
fsconfig(fd_fs, FSCONFIG_SET_STRING, "dax", "always"); fsconfig(fd_fs, FSCONFIG_SET_STRING, "resuid", "1000");

// wins and creates superblock
fsconfig(fd_fs, FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE, ...)
// finds compatible superblock of P1
// spins until P1 sets SB_BORN and grabs a reference
fsconfig(fd_fs, FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE, ...)

fd_mnt1 = fsmount(fd_fs); fd_mnt2 = fsmount(fd_fs);
move_mount(fd_mnt1, "/A") move_mount(fd_mnt2, "/B")

Not just does P2 get a bind-mount but the mount options that P2
requestes are silently ignored. The VFS itself doesn't, can't and
shouldn't enforce filesystem specific mount option compatibility. It
only enforces incompatibility for read-only <-> read-write transitions:

mount -t ext4 /dev/sda /A
mount -t ext4 -o ro /dev/sda /B

The read-only request will fail with EBUSY as the VFS can't just
silently transition a superblock from read-write to read-only or vica
versa without risking security issues.

To userspace this silent superblock reuse can become a security issue in
because there is currently no straightforward way for userspace to know
that they did indeed manage to create a new superblock and didn't just
reuse an existing one.

This adds a new FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL command to fsconfig() that
returns EBUSY if an existing superblock would be reused. Userspace that
needs to be sure that it did create a new superblock with the requested
mount options can request superblock creation using this command. If the
command succeeds they can be sure that they did create a new superblock
with the requested mount options.

This requires the new mount api. With the old mount api it would be
necessary to plumb this through every legacy filesystem's
file_system_type->mount() method. If they want this feature they are
most welcome to switch to the new mount api.

Following is an analysis of the effect of FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL on
each high-level superblock creation helper:

(1) get_tree_nodev()

Always allocate new superblock. Hence, FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE and
FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL are equivalent.

The binderfs or overlayfs filesystems are examples.

(4) get_tree_keyed()

Finds an existing superblock based on sb->s_fs_info. Hence,
FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE would reuse an existing superblock whereas
FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL would reject it with EBUSY.

The mqueue or nfsd filesystems are examples.

(2) get_tree_bdev()

This effectively works like get_tree_keyed().

The ext4 or xfs filesystems are examples.

(3) get_tree_single()

Only one superblock of this filesystem type can ever exist.
Hence, FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE would reuse an existing superblock
whereas FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL would reject it with EBUSY.

The securityfs or configfs filesystems are examples.

Note that some single-instance filesystems never destroy the
superblock once it has been created during the first mount. For
example, if securityfs has been mounted at least onces then the
created superblock will never be destroyed again as long as there is
still an LSM making use it. Consequently, even if securityfs is
unmounted and the superblock seemingly destroyed it really isn't
which means that FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL will continue rejecting
reusing an existing superblock.

This is acceptable thugh since special purpose filesystems such as
this shouldn't have a need to use FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL anyway
and if they do it's probably to make sure that mount options aren't
ignored.

Following is an analysis of the effect of FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL on
filesystems that make use of the low-level sget_fc() helper directly.
They're all effectively variants on get_tree_keyed(), get_tree_bdev(),
or get_tree_nodev():

(5) mtd_get_sb()

Similar logic to get_tree_keyed().

(6) afs_get_tree()

Similar logic to get_tree_keyed().

(7) ceph_get_tree()

Similar logic to get_tree_keyed().

Already explicitly allows forcing the allocation of a new superblock
via CEPH_OPT_NOSHARE. This turns it into get_tree_nodev().

(8) fuse_get_tree_submount()

Similar logic to get_tree_nodev().

(9) fuse_get_tree()

Forces reuse of existing FUSE superblock.

Forces reuse of existing superblock if passed in file refers to an
existing FUSE connection.
If FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL is specified together with an fd
referring to an existing FUSE connections this would cause the
superblock reusal to fail. If reusing is the intent then
FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL shouldn't be specified.

(10) fuse_get_tree()
-> get_tree_nodev()

Same logic as in get_tree_nodev().

(11) fuse_get_tree()
-> get_tree_bdev()

Same logic as in get_tree_bdev().

(12) virtio_fs_get_tree()

Same logic as get_tree_keyed().

(13) gfs2_meta_get_tree()

Forces reuse of existing gfs2 superblock.

Mounting gfs2meta enforces that a gf2s superblock must already
exist. If not, it will error out. Consequently, mounting gfs2meta
with FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL would always fail. If reusing is the
intent then FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE_EXCL shouldn't be specified.

(14) kernfs_get_tree()

Similar logic to get_tree_keyed().

(15) nfs_get_tree_common()

Similar logic to get_tree_keyed().

Already explicitly allows forcing the allocation of a new superblock
via NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED. This effectively turns it into
get_tree_nodev().

Link: [1] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-block/20230704-fasching-wertarbeit-7c6ffb01c83d@brauner
Link: [2] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-block/20230705-pumpwerk-vielversprechend-a4b1fd947b65@brauner
Link: [3] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/20230725-einnahmen-warnschilder-17779aec0a97@brauner
Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com>
Message-Id: <20230802-vfs-super-exclusive-v2-4-95dc4e41b870@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# e062abae 02-Aug-2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

super: remove get_tree_single_reconf()

The get_tree_single_reconf() helper isn't used anywhere. Remove it.

Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com>
Message-Id: <20230802-vfs-super-exclusive-v2-1-95dc4e41b870@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 7ecd0b6f 02-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: export fs_holder_ops

Export fs_holder_ops so that file systems that open additional block
devices can use it as well.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Message-Id: <20230802154131.2221419-9-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 9c09a7cf 02-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: stop using get_super in fs_mark_dead

fs_mark_dead currently uses get_super to find the superblock for the
block device that is going away. This means it is limited to the
main device stored in sb->s_dev, leading to a lot of code duplication
for file systems that can use multiple block devices.

Now that the holder for all block devices used by file systems is set
to the super_block, we can instead look at that holder and then check
if the file system is born and active, so do that instead.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Message-Id: <20230802154131.2221419-8-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 2ea6f689 02-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: use the super_block as holder when mounting file systems

The file system type is not a very useful holder as it doesn't allow us
to go back to the actual file system instance. Pass the super_block instead
which is useful when passed back to the file system driver.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Message-Id: <20230802154131.2221419-7-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# cf6da236 02-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: export setup_bdev_super

We'll want to use setup_bdev_super instead of duplicating it in nilfs2.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Message-Id: <20230802154131.2221419-2-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# aca740ce 24-Jul-2023 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: open block device after superblock creation

Currently get_tree_bdev and mount_bdev open the block device before
committing to allocating a super block. That creates problems for
restricting the number of writers to a device, and also leads to a
unusual and not very helpful holder (the fs_type).

Reorganize the super block code to first look whether the superblock for
a particular device does already exist and open the block device only if
it doesn't.

[hch: port to before the bdev_handle changes,
duplicate the bdev read-only check from blkdev_get_by_path,
extend the fsfree_mutex coverage to protect against freezes,
fix an open bdev leak when the bdev is frozen,
use the bdev local variable more,
rename the s variable to sb to be more descriptive]
[brauner: remove references to mounts as they're mostly irrelevant]
[brauner & hch: fold fixes for romfs and cramfs for
syzbot+2faac0423fdc9692822b@syzkaller.appspotmail.com]

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Message-Id: <20230724175145.201318-1-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 6a320739 06-Aug-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs, block: remove bdev->bd_super

bdev->bd_super is unused now, remove it.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Message-Id: <20230807112625.652089-5-hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 59ba4fdd 17-Jul-2023 Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>

fs: wait for partially frozen filesystems

Jan Kara suggested that when one thread is in the middle of freezing a
filesystem, another thread trying to freeze the same fs but with a
different freeze_holder should wait until the freezer reaches either end
state (UNFROZEN or COMPLETE) instead of returning EBUSY immediately.

Neither caller can do anything sensible with this race other than retry
but they cannot really distinguish EBUSY as in "some other holder of the
same type has the sb already frozen" from "freezing raced with holder of
a different type".

Plumb in the extra code needed to wait for the fs freezer to reach an
end state and try the freeze again.

Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# 880b9577 17-Jul-2023 Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>

fs: distinguish between user initiated freeze and kernel initiated freeze

Userspace can freeze a filesystem using the FIFREEZE ioctl or by
suspending the block device; this state persists until userspace thaws
the filesystem with the FITHAW ioctl or resuming the block device.
Since commit 18e9e5104fcd ("Introduce freeze_super and thaw_super for
the fsfreeze ioctl") we only allow the first freeze command to succeed.

The kernel may decide that it is necessary to freeze a filesystem for
its own internal purposes, such as suspends in progress, filesystem fsck
activities, or quiescing a device prior to removal. Userspace thaw
commands must never break a kernel freeze, and kernel thaw commands
shouldn't undo userspace's freeze command.

Introduce a couple of freeze holder flags and wire it into the
sb_writers state. One kernel and one userspace freeze are allowed to
coexist at the same time; the filesystem will not thaw until both are
lifted.

I wonder if the f2fs/gfs2 code should be using a kernel freeze here, but
for now we'll use FREEZE_HOLDER_USERSPACE to preserve existing
behaviors.

Cc: mcgrof@kernel.org
Cc: jack@suse.cz
Cc: hch@infradead.org
Cc: ruansy.fnst@fujitsu.com
Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# d7439fb1 20-Jun-2023 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Provide helpers for manipulating sb->s_readonly_remount

Provide helpers to set and clear sb->s_readonly_remount including
appropriate memory barriers. Also use this opportunity to document what
the barriers pair with and why they are needed.

Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20230620112832.5158-1-jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 47a7c01c 09-Jun-2023 Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>

Revert "mm: shrinkers: convert shrinker_rwsem to mutex"

Patch series "revert shrinker_srcu related changes".


This patch (of 7):

This reverts commit cf2e309ebca7bb0916771839f9b580b06c778530.

Kernel test robot reports -88.8% regression in stress-ng.ramfs.ops_per_sec
test case [1], which is caused by commit f95bdb700bc6 ("mm: vmscan: make
global slab shrink lockless"). The root cause is that SRCU has to be
careful to not frequently check for SRCU read-side critical section exits.
Therefore, even if no one is currently in the SRCU read-side critical
section, synchronize_srcu() cannot return quickly. That's why
unregister_shrinker() has become slower.

After discussion, we will try to use the refcount+RCU method [2] proposed
by Dave Chinner to continue to re-implement the lockless slab shrink. So
revert the shrinker_mutex back to shrinker_rwsem first.

[1]. https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/202305230837.db2c233f-yujie.liu@intel.com/
[2]. https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/ZIJhou1d55d4H1s0@dread.disaster.area/

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230609081518.3039120-1-qi.zheng@linux.dev
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230609081518.3039120-2-qi.zheng@linux.dev
Reported-by: kernel test robot <yujie.liu@intel.com>
Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/oe-lkp/202305230837.db2c233f-yujie.liu@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Kirill Tkhai <tkhai@ya.ru>
Cc: Muchun Song <muchun.song@linux.dev>
Cc: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Yujie Liu <yujie.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>


# c541dce8 15-Jun-2023 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Protect reconfiguration of sb read-write from racing writes

The reconfigure / remount code takes a lot of effort to protect
filesystem's reconfiguration code from racing writes on remounting
read-only. However during remounting read-only filesystem to read-write
mode userspace writes can start immediately once we clear SB_RDONLY
flag. This is inconvenient for example for ext4 because we need to do
some writes to the filesystem (such as preparation of quota files)
before we can take userspace writes so we are clearing SB_RDONLY flag
before we are fully ready to accept userpace writes and syzbot has found
a way to exploit this [1]. Also as far as I'm reading the code
the filesystem remount code was protected from racing writes in the
legacy mount path by the mount's MNT_READONLY flag so this is relatively
new problem. It is actually fairly easy to protect remount read-write
from racing writes using sb->s_readonly_remount flag so let's just do
that instead of having to workaround these races in the filesystem code.

[1] https://lore.kernel.org/all/00000000000006a0df05f6667499@google.com/T/

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Message-Id: <20230615113848.8439-1-jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 81b1fb7d 08-Jun-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: remove sb->s_mode

There is no real need to store the open mode in the super_block now.
It is only used by f2fs, which can easily recalculate it.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608110258.189493-18-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 3f0b3e78 08-Jun-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: add a sb_open_mode helper

Add a helper to return the open flags for blkdev_get_by* for passed in
super block flags instead of open coding the logic in many places.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608110258.189493-17-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 2736e8ee 08-Jun-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: use the holder as indication for exclusive opens

The current interface for exclusive opens is rather confusing as it
requires both the FMODE_EXCL flag and a holder. Remove the need to pass
FMODE_EXCL and just key off the exclusive open off a non-NULL holder.

For blkdev_put this requires adding the holder argument, which provides
better debug checking that only the holder actually releases the hold,
but at the same time allows removing the now superfluous mode argument.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Acked-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com> [btrfs]
Acked-by: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@ionos.com> [rnbd]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608110258.189493-16-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 87efb390 01-Jun-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: add a method to shut down the file system

Add a new ->shutdown super operation that can be used to tell the file
system to shut down, and call it from newly created holder ops when the
block device under a file system shuts down.

This only covers the main block device for "simple" file systems using
get_tree_bdev / mount_bdev. File systems their own get_tree method
or opening additional devices will need to set up their own
blk_holder_ops.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230601094459.1350643-12-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 0718afd4 01-Jun-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: introduce holder ops

Add a new blk_holder_ops structure, which is passed to blkdev_get_by_* and
installed in the block_device for exclusive claims. It will be used to
allow the block layer to call back into the user of the block device for
thing like notification of a removed device or a device resize.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230601094459.1350643-10-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 576215cf 25-May-2023 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Drop wait_unfrozen wait queue

wait_unfrozen waitqueue is used only in quota code to wait for
filesystem to become unfrozen. In that place we can just use
sb_start_write() - sb_end_write() pair to achieve the same. So just
remove the waitqueue.

Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Message-Id: <20230525141710.7595-1-jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# c642256b 10-May-2023 Azeem Shaikh <azeemshaikh38@gmail.com>

vfs: Replace all non-returning strlcpy with strscpy

strlcpy() reads the entire source buffer first.
This read may exceed the destination size limit.
This is both inefficient and can lead to linear read
overflows if a source string is not NUL-terminated [1].
In an effort to remove strlcpy() completely [2], replace
strlcpy() here with strscpy().
No return values were used, so direct replacement is safe.

[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/deprecated.html#strlcpy
[2] https://github.com/KSPP/linux/issues/89

Signed-off-by: Azeem Shaikh <azeemshaikh38@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Message-Id: <20230510221119.3508930-1-azeemshaikh38@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# cf2e309e 13-Mar-2023 Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>

mm: shrinkers: convert shrinker_rwsem to mutex

Now there are no readers of shrinker_rwsem, so we can simply replace it
with mutex lock.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230313112819.38938-9-zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com
Signed-off-by: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Kirill Tkhai <tkhai@ya.ru>
Acked-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Christian König <christian.koenig@amd.com>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Muchun Song <muchun.song@linux.dev>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org>
Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Cc: Sultan Alsawaf <sultan@kerneltoast.com>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@i-love.sakura.ne.jp>
Cc: Yang Shi <shy828301@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>


# ccb820dc 13-Mar-2023 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>

fscrypt: destroy keyring after security_sb_delete()

fscrypt_destroy_keyring() must be called after all potentially-encrypted
inodes were evicted; otherwise it cannot safely destroy the keyring.
Since inodes that are in-use by the Landlock LSM don't get evicted until
security_sb_delete(), this means that fscrypt_destroy_keyring() must be
called *after* security_sb_delete().

This fixes a WARN_ON followed by a NULL dereference, only possible if
Landlock was being used on encrypted files.

Fixes: d7e7b9af104c ("fscrypt: stop using keyrings subsystem for fscrypt_master_key")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: syzbot+93e495f6a4f748827c88@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/00000000000044651705f6ca1e30@google.com
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230313221231.272498-2-ebiggers@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>


# ec64036e 07-Feb-2023 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>

fs/super.c: stop calling fscrypt_destroy_keyring() from __put_super()

Now that the key associated with the "test_dummy_operation" mount option
is added on-demand when it's needed, rather than immediately when the
filesystem is mounted, fscrypt_destroy_keyring() no longer needs to be
called from __put_super() to avoid a memory leak on mount failure.

Remove this call, which was causing confusion because it appeared to be
a sleep-in-atomic bug (though it wasn't, for a somewhat-subtle reason).

Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230208062107.199831-5-ebiggers@kernel.org


# 47d58691 16-Jan-2023 Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>

fs: Use CHECK_DATA_CORRUPTION() when kernel bugs are detected

Currently, filp_close() and generic_shutdown_super() use printk() to log
messages when bugs are detected. This is problematic because infrastructure
like syzkaller has no idea that this message indicates a bug.
In addition, some people explicitly want their kernels to BUG() when kernel
data corruption has been detected (CONFIG_BUG_ON_DATA_CORRUPTION).
And finally, when generic_shutdown_super() detects remaining inodes on a
system without CONFIG_BUG_ON_DATA_CORRUPTION, it would be nice if later
accesses to a busy inode would at least crash somewhat cleanly rather than
walking through freed memory.

To address all three, use CHECK_DATA_CORRUPTION() when kernel bugs are
detected.

Signed-off-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>


# 439bc39b 24-Jan-2023 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: move sb_init_dio_done_wq out of direct-io.c

sb_init_dio_done_wq is also used by the iomap code, so move it to
super.c in preparation for building direct-io.c conditionally.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230125065839.191256-2-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# cda2ed05 31-Oct-2022 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: simplify vfs_get_super

Remove the pointless keying argument and associated enum and pass the
fill_super callback and a "bool reconf" instead. Also mark the function
static given that there are no users outside of super.c.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# ccd30a47 11-Oct-2022 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>

fscrypt: fix keyring memory leak on mount failure

Commit d7e7b9af104c ("fscrypt: stop using keyrings subsystem for
fscrypt_master_key") moved the keyring destruction from __put_super() to
generic_shutdown_super() so that the filesystem's block device(s) are
still available. Unfortunately, this causes a memory leak in the case
where a mount is attempted with the test_dummy_encryption mount option,
but the mount fails after the option has already been processed.

To fix this, attempt the keyring destruction in both places.

Reported-by: syzbot+104c2a89561289cec13e@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: d7e7b9af104c ("fscrypt: stop using keyrings subsystem for fscrypt_master_key")
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221011213838.209879-1-ebiggers@kernel.org


# d7e7b9af 01-Sep-2022 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>

fscrypt: stop using keyrings subsystem for fscrypt_master_key

The approach of fs/crypto/ internally managing the fscrypt_master_key
structs as the payloads of "struct key" objects contained in a
"struct key" keyring has outlived its usefulness. The original idea was
to simplify the code by reusing code from the keyrings subsystem.
However, several issues have arisen that can't easily be resolved:

- When a master key struct is destroyed, blk_crypto_evict_key() must be
called on any per-mode keys embedded in it. (This started being the
case when inline encryption support was added.) Yet, the keyrings
subsystem can arbitrarily delay the destruction of keys, even past the
time the filesystem was unmounted. Therefore, currently there is no
easy way to call blk_crypto_evict_key() when a master key is
destroyed. Currently, this is worked around by holding an extra
reference to the filesystem's request_queue(s). But it was overlooked
that the request_queue reference is *not* guaranteed to pin the
corresponding blk_crypto_profile too; for device-mapper devices that
support inline crypto, it doesn't. This can cause a use-after-free.

- When the last inode that was using an incompletely-removed master key
is evicted, the master key removal is completed by removing the key
struct from the keyring. Currently this is done via key_invalidate().
Yet, key_invalidate() takes the key semaphore. This can deadlock when
called from the shrinker, since in fscrypt_ioctl_add_key(), memory is
allocated with GFP_KERNEL under the same semaphore.

- More generally, the fact that the keyrings subsystem can arbitrarily
delay the destruction of keys (via garbage collection delay, or via
random processes getting temporary key references) is undesirable, as
it means we can't strictly guarantee that all secrets are ever wiped.

- Doing the master key lookups via the keyrings subsystem results in the
key_permission LSM hook being called. fscrypt doesn't want this, as
all access control for encrypted files is designed to happen via the
files themselves, like any other files. The workaround which SELinux
users are using is to change their SELinux policy to grant key search
access to all domains. This works, but it is an odd extra step that
shouldn't really have to be done.

The fix for all these issues is to change the implementation to what I
should have done originally: don't use the keyrings subsystem to keep
track of the filesystem's fscrypt_master_key structs. Instead, just
store them in a regular kernel data structure, and rework the reference
counting, locking, and lifetime accordingly. Retain support for
RCU-mode key lookups by using a hash table. Replace fscrypt_sb_free()
with fscrypt_sb_delete(), which releases the keys synchronously and runs
a bit earlier during unmount, so that block devices are still available.

A side effect of this patch is that neither the master keys themselves
nor the filesystem keyrings will be listed in /proc/keys anymore.
("Master key users" and the master key users keyrings will still be
listed.) However, this was mostly an implementation detail, and it was
intended just for debugging purposes. I don't know of anyone using it.

This patch does *not* change how "master key users" (->mk_users) works;
that still uses the keyrings subsystem. That is still needed for key
quotas, and changing that isn't necessary to solve the issues listed
above. If we decide to change that too, it would be a separate patch.

I've marked this as fixing the original commit that added the fscrypt
keyring, but as noted above the most important issue that this patch
fixes wasn't introduced until the addition of inline encryption support.

Fixes: 22d94f493bfb ("fscrypt: add FS_IOC_ADD_ENCRYPTION_KEY ioctl")
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220901193208.138056-2-ebiggers@kernel.org


# 04b94071 27-Jul-2022 Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org>

vfs: function to prevent re-use of block-device-based superblocks

The function is to be called from filesystem-specific code to mark a
superblock to be ignored by superblock test and thus never re-used. The
function also unregisters bdi if the bdi is per-superblock to avoid
collision if a new superblock is created to represent the filesystem.
generic_shutdown_super() skips unregistering bdi for a retired superlock as
it assumes retire function has already done it.

This patch adds the functionality only for the block-device-based supers,
since the primary use case of the feature is to gracefully handle force
unmount of external devices, mounted with FUSE. This can be further
extended to cover all superblocks, if the need arises.

Signed-off-by: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com>


# e33c267a 31-May-2022 Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>

mm: shrinkers: provide shrinkers with names

Currently shrinkers are anonymous objects. For debugging purposes they
can be identified by count/scan function names, but it's not always
useful: e.g. for superblock's shrinkers it's nice to have at least an
idea of to which superblock the shrinker belongs.

This commit adds names to shrinkers. register_shrinker() and
prealloc_shrinker() functions are extended to take a format and arguments
to master a name.

In some cases it's not possible to determine a good name at the time when
a shrinker is allocated. For such cases shrinker_debugfs_rename() is
provided.

The expected format is:
<subsystem>-<shrinker_type>[:<instance>]-<id>
For some shrinkers an instance can be encoded as (MAJOR:MINOR) pair.

After this change the shrinker debugfs directory looks like:
$ cd /sys/kernel/debug/shrinker/
$ ls
dquota-cache-16 sb-devpts-28 sb-proc-47 sb-tmpfs-42
mm-shadow-18 sb-devtmpfs-5 sb-proc-48 sb-tmpfs-43
mm-zspool:zram0-34 sb-hugetlbfs-17 sb-pstore-31 sb-tmpfs-44
rcu-kfree-0 sb-hugetlbfs-33 sb-rootfs-2 sb-tmpfs-49
sb-aio-20 sb-iomem-12 sb-securityfs-6 sb-tracefs-13
sb-anon_inodefs-15 sb-mqueue-21 sb-selinuxfs-22 sb-xfs:vda1-36
sb-bdev-3 sb-nsfs-4 sb-sockfs-8 sb-zsmalloc-19
sb-bpf-32 sb-pipefs-14 sb-sysfs-26 thp-deferred_split-10
sb-btrfs:vda2-24 sb-proc-25 sb-tmpfs-1 thp-zero-9
sb-cgroup2-30 sb-proc-39 sb-tmpfs-27 xfs-buf:vda1-37
sb-configfs-23 sb-proc-41 sb-tmpfs-29 xfs-inodegc:vda1-38
sb-dax-11 sb-proc-45 sb-tmpfs-35
sb-debugfs-7 sb-proc-46 sb-tmpfs-40

[roman.gushchin@linux.dev: fix build warnings]
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/Yr+ZTnLb9lJk6fJO@castle
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220601032227.4076670-4-roman.gushchin@linux.dev
Signed-off-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Cc: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Cc: Hillf Danton <hdanton@sina.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
Cc: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>


# 36d25489 14-Apr-2022 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: add a bdev_stable_writes helper

Add a helper to check the stable writes flag based on the block_device
instead of having to poke into the block layer internal request_queue.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <kch@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220415045258.199825-15-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 2719c716 30-Jan-2022 Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>

vfs: make freeze_super abort when sync_filesystem returns error

If we fail to synchronize the filesystem while preparing to freeze the
fs, abort the freeze.

Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>


# 0a4ee518 21-Jan-2022 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

mm: remove cleancache

Patch series "remove Xen tmem leftovers".

Since the removal of the Xen tmem driver in 2019, the cleancache hooks
are entirely unused, as are large parts of frontswap. This series
against linux-next (with the folio changes included) removes
cleancaches, and cuts down frontswap to the bits actually used by zswap.

This patch (of 13):

The cleancache subsystem is unused since the removal of Xen tmem driver
in commit 814bbf49dcd0 ("xen: remove tmem driver").

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: remove now-unreachable code]

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211224062246.1258487-1-hch@lst.de
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211224062246.1258487-2-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <Konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Seth Jennings <sjenning@redhat.com>
Cc: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@ieee.org>
Cc: Vitaly Wool <vitaly.wool@konsulko.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# a6097180 16-Jan-2022 NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>

devtmpfs regression fix: reconfigure on each mount

Prior to Linux v5.4 devtmpfs used mount_single() which treats the given
mount options as "remount" options, so it updates the configuration of
the single super_block on each mount.

Since that was changed, the mount options used for devtmpfs are ignored.
This is a regression which affect systemd - which mounts devtmpfs with
"-o mode=755,size=4m,nr_inodes=1m".

This patch restores the "remount" effect by calling reconfigure_single()

Fixes: d401727ea0d7 ("devtmpfs: don't mix {ramfs,shmem}_fill_super() with mount_single()")
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 0b3ea092 05-Nov-2021 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: explicitly unregister per-superblock BDIs

Add a new SB_I_ flag to mark superblocks that have an ephemeral bdi
associated with them, and unregister it when the superblock is shut
down.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211021124441.668816-4-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Cc: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Cc: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# a11d7fc2 09-Aug-2021 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: remove the bd_bdi in struct block_device

Just retrieve the bdi from the disk.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <johannes.thumshirn@wdc.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210809141744.1203023-6-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# a8698707 25-May-2021 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: move bd_mutex to struct gendisk

Replace the per-block device bd_mutex with a per-gendisk open_mutex,
thus simplifying locking wherever we deal with partitions.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210525061301.2242282-4-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 83e804f0 22-Apr-2021 Mickaël Salaün <mic@linux.microsoft.com>

fs,security: Add sb_delete hook

The sb_delete security hook is called when shutting down a superblock,
which may be useful to release kernel objects tied to the superblock's
lifetime (e.g. inodes).

This new hook is needed by Landlock to release (ephemerally) tagged
struct inodes. This comes from the unprivileged nature of Landlock
described in the next commit.

Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Mickaël Salaün <mic@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210422154123.13086-7-mic@digikod.net
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jamorris@linux.microsoft.com>


# 961f3c89 14-Jan-2021 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>

fs: fix kernel-doc markups

Two markups are at the wrong place. Kernel-doc only
support having the comment just before the identifier.

Also, some identifiers have different names between their
prototypes and the kernel-doc markup.

Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/96b1e1b388600ab092331f6c4e88ff8e8779ce6c.1610610937.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>


# 6f0d9689 09-Jan-2021 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: remove the NULL bdev check in bdev_read_only

Only a single caller can end up in bdev_read_only, so move the check
there.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 4e7b5671 23-Nov-2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

block: remove i_bdev

Switch the block device lookup interfaces to directly work with a dev_t
so that struct block_device references are only acquired by the
blkdev_get variants (and the blk-cgroup special case). This means that
we now don't need an extra reference in the inode and can generally
simplify handling of struct block_device to keep the lookups contained
in the core block layer code.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Coly Li <colyli@suse.de> [bcache]
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 60b49885 16-Nov-2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: remove get_super_thawed and get_super_exclusive_thawed

Just open code the wait in the only caller of both functions.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 9b852342 10-Nov-2020 Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>

vfs: move __sb_{start,end}_write* to fs.h

Now that we've straightened out the callers, move these three functions
to fs.h since they're fairly trivial.

Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# 8a3c84b6 10-Nov-2020 Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>

vfs: separate __sb_start_write into blocking and non-blocking helpers

Break this function into two helpers so that it's obvious that the
trylock versions return a value that must be checked, and the blocking
versions don't require that. While we're at it, clean up the return
type mismatch.

Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>


# 22843291 10-Nov-2020 Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>

vfs: remove lockdep bogosity in __sb_start_write

__sb_start_write has some weird looking lockdep code that claims to
exist to handle nested freeze locking requests from xfs. The code as
written seems broken -- if we think we hold a read lock on any of the
higher freeze levels (e.g. we hold SB_FREEZE_WRITE and are trying to
lock SB_FREEZE_PAGEFAULT), it converts a blocking lock attempt into a
trylock.

However, it's not correct to downgrade a blocking lock attempt to a
trylock unless the downgrading code or the callers are prepared to deal
with that situation. Neither __sb_start_write nor its callers handle
this at all. For example:

sb_start_pagefault ignores the return value completely, with the result
that if xfs_filemap_fault loses a race with a different thread trying to
fsfreeze, it will proceed without pagefault freeze protection (thereby
breaking locking rules) and then unlocks the pagefault freeze lock that
it doesn't own on its way out (thereby corrupting the lock state), which
leads to a system hang shortly afterwards.

Normally, this won't happen because our ownership of a read lock on a
higher freeze protection level blocks fsfreeze from grabbing a write
lock on that higher level. *However*, if lockdep is offline,
lock_is_held_type unconditionally returns 1, which means that
percpu_rwsem_is_held returns 1, which means that __sb_start_write
unconditionally converts blocking freeze lock attempts into trylocks,
even when we *don't* hold anything that would block a fsfreeze.

Apparently this all held together until 5.10-rc1, when bugs in lockdep
caused lockdep to shut itself off early in an fstests run, and once
fstests gets to the "race writes with freezer" tests, kaboom. This
might explain the long trail of vanishingly infrequent livelocks in
fstests after lockdep goes offline that I've never been able to
diagnose.

We could fix it by spinning on the trylock if wait==true, but AFAICT the
locking works fine if lockdep is not built at all (and I didn't see any
complaints running fstests overnight), so remove this snippet entirely.

NOTE: Commit f4b554af9931 in 2015 created the current weird logic (which
used to exist in a different form in commit 5accdf82ba25c from 2012) in
__sb_start_write. XFS solved this whole problem in the late 2.6 era by
creating a variant of transactions (XFS_TRANS_NO_WRITECOUNT) that don't
grab intwrite freeze protection, thus making lockdep's solution
unnecessary. The commit claims that Dave Chinner explained that the
trylock hack + comment could be removed, but nobody ever did.

Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# 1cb039f3 24-Sep-2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

bdi: replace BDI_CAP_STABLE_WRITES with a queue and a sb flag

The BDI_CAP_STABLE_WRITES is one of the few bits of information in the
backing_dev_info shared between the block drivers and the writeback code.
To help untangling the dependency replace it with a queue flag and a
superblock flag derived from it. This also helps with the case of e.g.
a file system requiring stable writes due to its own checksumming, but
not forcing it on other users of the block device like the swap code.

One downside is that we an't support the stable_pages_required bdi
attribute in sysfs anymore. It is replaced with a queue attribute which
also is writable for easier testing.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <johannes.thumshirn@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# cc23402c 05-Mar-2020 Yufen Yu <yuyufen@huawei.com>

fs: fix indentation in deactivate_super()

Fix the breaked indent in deactive_super().

Signed-off-by: Yufen Yu <yuyufen@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 1cd925d5 04-May-2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

bdi: remove the name field in struct backing_dev_info

The name is only printed for a not registered bdi in writeback. Use the
device name there as is more useful anyway for the unlike case that the
warning triggers.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# aef33c2f 04-May-2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

bdi: simplify bdi_alloc

Merge the _node vs normal version and drop the superflous gfp_t argument.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# dd7bc815 28-Apr-2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

Fix use after free in get_tree_bdev()

Commit 6fcf0c72e4b9, a fix to get_tree_bdev() put a missing blkdev_put() in
the wrong place, before a warnf() that displays the bdev under
consideration rather after it.

This results in a silent lockup in printk("%pg") called via warnf() from
get_tree_bdev() under some circumstances when there's a race with the
blockdev being frozen. This can be caused by xfstests/tests/generic/085 in
combination with Lukas Czerner's ext4 mount API conversion patchset. It
looks like it ought to occur with other users of get_tree_bdev() such as
XFS, but apparently doesn't.

Fix this by switching the order of the lines.

Fixes: 6fcf0c72e4b9 ("vfs: add missing blkdev_put() in get_tree_bdev()")
Reported-by: Lukas Czerner <lczerner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 1edc8eb2 06-Dec-2019 Eric Sandeen <sandeen@redhat.com>

fs: call fsnotify_sb_delete after evict_inodes

When a filesystem is unmounted, we currently call fsnotify_sb_delete()
before evict_inodes(), which means that fsnotify_unmount_inodes()
must iterate over all inodes on the superblock looking for any inodes
with watches. This is inefficient and can lead to livelocks as it
iterates over many unwatched inodes.

At this point, SB_ACTIVE is gone and dropping refcount to zero kicks
the inode out out immediately, so anything processed by
fsnotify_sb_delete / fsnotify_unmount_inodes gets evicted in that loop.

After that, the call to evict_inodes will evict everything else with a
zero refcount.

This should speed things up overall, and avoid livelocks in
fsnotify_unmount_inodes().

Signed-off-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 6fcf0c72 02-Oct-2019 Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>

vfs: add missing blkdev_put() in get_tree_bdev()

Is there are a couple of missing blkdev_put() in get_tree_bdev()?

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c7eb6869 25-Mar-2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: subtype handling moved to fuse

The unused vfs code can be removed. Don't pass empty subtype (same as if
->parse callback isn't called).

The bits that are left involve determining whether it's permitted to split the
filesystem type string passed in to mount(2). Consequently, this means that we
cannot get rid of the FS_HAS_SUBTYPE flag unless we define that a type string
with a dot in it always indicates a subtype specification.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com>


# 43ce4c1f 21-Mar-2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Add a single-or-reconfig keying to vfs_get_super()

Add an additional keying mode to vfs_get_super() to indicate that only a
single superblock should exist in the system, and that, if it does, further
mounts should invoke reconfiguration upon it.

This allows mount_single() to be replaced.

[Fix by Eric Biggers folded in]

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# fe62c3a4 27-Mar-2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Create fs_context-aware mount_bdev() replacement

Create a function, get_tree_bdev(), that is fs_context-aware and a
->get_tree() counterpart of mount_bdev().

It caches the block device pointer in the fs_context struct so that this
information can be passed into sget_fc()'s test and set functions.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
cc: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 533770cc 03-Sep-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

new helper: get_tree_keyed()

For vfs_get_keyed_super users.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 188d20bc 21-Jan-2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>

vfs: Add file timestamp range support

Add fields to the superblock to track the min and max
timestamps supported by filesystems.

Initially, when a superblock is allocated, initialize
it to the max and min values the fields can hold.
Individual filesystems override these to match their
actual limits.

Pseudo filesystems are assumed to always support the
min and max allowable values for the fields.

Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>


# 22d94f49 04-Aug-2019 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>

fscrypt: add FS_IOC_ADD_ENCRYPTION_KEY ioctl

Add a new fscrypt ioctl, FS_IOC_ADD_ENCRYPTION_KEY. This ioctl adds an
encryption key to the filesystem's fscrypt keyring ->s_master_keys,
making any files encrypted with that key appear "unlocked".

Why we need this
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The main problem is that the "locked/unlocked" (ciphertext/plaintext)
status of encrypted files is global, but the fscrypt keys are not.
fscrypt only looks for keys in the keyring(s) the process accessing the
filesystem is subscribed to: the thread keyring, process keyring, and
session keyring, where the session keyring may contain the user keyring.

Therefore, userspace has to put fscrypt keys in the keyrings for
individual users or sessions. But this means that when a process with a
different keyring tries to access encrypted files, whether they appear
"unlocked" or not is nondeterministic. This is because it depends on
whether the files are currently present in the inode cache.

Fixing this by consistently providing each process its own view of the
filesystem depending on whether it has the key or not isn't feasible due
to how the VFS caches work. Furthermore, while sometimes users expect
this behavior, it is misguided for two reasons. First, it would be an
OS-level access control mechanism largely redundant with existing access
control mechanisms such as UNIX file permissions, ACLs, LSMs, etc.
Encryption is actually for protecting the data at rest.

Second, almost all users of fscrypt actually do need the keys to be
global. The largest users of fscrypt, Android and Chromium OS, achieve
this by having PID 1 create a "session keyring" that is inherited by
every process. This works, but it isn't scalable because it prevents
session keyrings from being used for any other purpose.

On general-purpose Linux distros, the 'fscrypt' userspace tool [1] can't
similarly abuse the session keyring, so to make 'sudo' work on all
systems it has to link all the user keyrings into root's user keyring
[2]. This is ugly and raises security concerns. Moreover it can't make
the keys available to system services, such as sshd trying to access the
user's '~/.ssh' directory (see [3], [4]) or NetworkManager trying to
read certificates from the user's home directory (see [5]); or to Docker
containers (see [6], [7]).

By having an API to add a key to the *filesystem* we'll be able to fix
the above bugs, remove userspace workarounds, and clearly express the
intended semantics: the locked/unlocked status of an encrypted directory
is global, and encryption is orthogonal to OS-level access control.

Why not use the add_key() syscall
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

We use an ioctl for this API rather than the existing add_key() system
call because the ioctl gives us the flexibility needed to implement
fscrypt-specific semantics that will be introduced in later patches:

- Supporting key removal with the semantics such that the secret is
removed immediately and any unused inodes using the key are evicted;
also, the eviction of any in-use inodes can be retried.

- Calculating a key-dependent cryptographic identifier and returning it
to userspace.

- Allowing keys to be added and removed by non-root users, but only keys
for v2 encryption policies; and to prevent denial-of-service attacks,
users can only remove keys they themselves have added, and a key is
only really removed after all users who added it have removed it.

Trying to shoehorn these semantics into the keyrings syscalls would be
very difficult, whereas the ioctls make things much easier.

However, to reuse code the implementation still uses the keyrings
service internally. Thus we get lockless RCU-mode key lookups without
having to re-implement it, and the keys automatically show up in
/proc/keys for debugging purposes.

References:

[1] https://github.com/google/fscrypt
[2] https://goo.gl/55cCrI#heading=h.vf09isp98isb
[3] https://github.com/google/fscrypt/issues/111#issuecomment-444347939
[4] https://github.com/google/fscrypt/issues/116
[5] https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/fscrypt/+bug/1770715
[6] https://github.com/google/fscrypt/issues/128
[7] https://askubuntu.com/questions/1130306/cannot-run-docker-on-an-encrypted-filesystem

Reviewed-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>


# c2c44ec2 27-Jul-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Unbreak mount_capable()

In "consolidate the capability checks in sget_{fc,userns}())" the
wrong argument had been passed to mount_capable() by sget_fc().
That mistake had been further obscured later, when switching
mount_capable() to fs_context has moved the calculation of
bogus argument from sget_fc() to mount_capable() itself. It
should've been fc->user_ns all along.

Screwed-up-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Reported-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io>
Tested-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io>
Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c23a0bba 22-May-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

convenience helper: get_tree_single()

counterpart of mount_single(); switch fusectl to it

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 2ac295d4 01-Jun-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

convenience helper get_tree_nodev()

counterpart of mount_nodev(). Switch hugetlb and pseudo to it.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 023d066a 25-Mar-2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Kill sget_userns()

Kill sget_userns(), folding it into sget() as that's the only remaining
user.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org


# c80fa7c8 25-Mar-2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Provide sb->s_iflags settings in fs_context struct

Provide a field in the fs_context struct through which bits in the
sb->s_iflags superblock field can be set.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org


# c3aabf07 12-May-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

move mount_capable() further out

Call graph of vfs_get_tree():
vfs_fsconfig_locked() # neither kernmount, nor submount
do_new_mount() # neither kernmount, nor submount
fc_mount()
afs_mntpt_do_automount() # submount
mount_one_hugetlbfs() # kernmount
pid_ns_prepare_proc() # kernmount
mq_create_mount() # kernmount
vfs_kern_mount()
simple_pin_fs() # kernmount
vfs_submount() # submount
kern_mount() # kernmount
init_mount_tree()
btrfs_mount()
nfs_do_root_mount()

The first two need the check (unconditionally).
init_mount_tree() is setting rootfs up; any capability
checks make zero sense for that one. And btrfs_mount()/
nfs_do_root_mount() have the checks already done in their
callers.

IOW, we can shift mount_capable() handling into
the two callers - one in the normal case of mount(2),
another - in fsconfig(2) handling of FSCONFIG_CMD_CREATE.
I.e. the syscalls that set a new filesystem up.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 059338aa 12-May-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

move mount_capable() calls to vfs_get_tree()

sget_fc() is called only from ->get_tree() instances and
the only instance not calling it is legacy_get_tree(),
which calls mount_capable() directly.

In all sget_fc() callers the checks could be moved to the
very beginning of ->get_tree() - ->user_ns is not changed
in between. So lifting the checks to the only caller of
->get_tree() is OK.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 20284ab7 12-May-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

switch mount_capable() to fs_context

now both callers of mount_capable() have access to fs_context;
the only difference is that for sget_fc() we have the possibility
of fc->global being true, while for legacy_get_tree() it's guaranteed
to be impossible. Unify to more generic variant...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 2527b284 12-May-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

move the capability checks from sget_userns() to legacy_get_tree()

1) all call chains leading to sget_userns() pass through ->mount()
instances.
2) none of ->mount() instances is ever called directly - the only
call site is legacy_get_tree()
3) all remaining ->mount() instances end up calling sget_userns()

IOW, we might as well do the capability checks just before calling
->mount(). As for the arguments passed to mount_capable(),
in case of call chains to sget_userns() going through sget(),
we either don't call mount_capable() at all, or pass current_user_ns()
to it. The call chains going through mount_pseudo_xattr() don't
call mount_capable() at all (SB_KERNMOUNT in flags on those).

That could've been split into smaller steps (lifting the checks
into sget(), then callers of sget(), then all the way to the
entries of every ->mount() out there, then to the sole caller),
but that would be too much churn for little benefit...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# bb7b6b2b 25-Mar-2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Kill mount_ns()

Kill mount_ns() as it has been replaced by vfs_get_super() in the new mount
API.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 0ce0cf12 12-May-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

consolidate the capability checks in sget_{fc,userns}()

... into a common helper - mount_capable(type, userns)

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# feb8ae43 12-May-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

start massaging the checks in sget_...(): move to sget_userns()

there are 3 remaining callers of sget_userns() - sget(), mount_ns()
and mount_pseudo_xattr(). Extra check in sget() is conditional
upon mount being neither KERNMOUNT nor SUBMOUNT, the identical one
in mount_ns() - upon being not KERNMOUNT; mount_pseudo_xattr()
has no such checks at all.

However, mount_ns() is never used with SUBMOUNT and mount_pseudo_xattr()
is used only for KERNMOUNT, so both would be fine with the same logics
as currently done in sget(), allowing to consolidate the entire thing
in sget_userns() itself.

That's not where these checks will end up in the long run, though -
the whole reason why they'd been done so deep in the bowels of
mount(2) was that there had been no way for a filesystem to specify
which userns to look at until it has entered ->mount().

Now there is a place where filesystem could override the defaults -
->init_fs_context(). Which allows to pull the checks out into
the callers of vfs_get_tree(). That'll take quite a bit of
massage, but that mess is possible to tease apart.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# ee948837 28-Apr-2019 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

[fix] get rid of checking for absent device name in vfs_get_tree()

It has no business being there, it's checked by relevant ->get_tree()
as it is *and* it returns the wrong error for no reason whatsoever.

Fixes: f3a09c92018a "introduce fs_context methods"
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 06a2ae56 01-Nov-2018 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Add some logging to the core users of the fs_context log

Add some logging to the core users of the fs_context log so that
information can be extracted from them as to the reason for failure.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# cb50b348 23-Dec-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

convenience helpers: vfs_get_super() and sget_fc()

the former is an analogue of mount_{single,nodev} for use in
->get_tree() instances, the latter - analogue of sget() for the
same.

These are fairly similar to the originals, but the callback signature
for sget_fc() is different from sget() ones, so getting bits and
pieces shared would be too convoluted; we might get around to that
later, but for now let's just remember to keep them in sync. They
do live next to each other, and changes in either won't be hard
to spot.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# f3a09c92 23-Dec-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

introduce fs_context methods

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 8d0347f6 04-Nov-2018 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

convert do_remount_sb() to fs_context

Replace do_remount_sb() with a function, reconfigure_super(), that's
fs_context aware. The fs_context is expected to be parameterised already
and have ->root pointing to the superblock to be reconfigured.

A legacy wrapper is provided that is intended to be called from the
fs_context ops when those appear, but for now is called directly from
reconfigure_super(). This wrapper invokes the ->remount_fs() superblock op
for the moment. It is intended that the remount_fs() op will be phased
out.

The fs_context->purpose is set to FS_CONTEXT_FOR_RECONFIGURE to indicate
that the context is being used for reconfiguration.

do_umount_root() is provided to consolidate remount-to-R/O for umount and
emergency remount by creating a context and invoking reconfiguration.

do_remount(), do_umount() and do_emergency_remount_callback() are switched
to use the new process.

[AV -- fold UMOUNT and EMERGENCY_REMOUNT in; fixes the
umount / bug, gets rid of pointless complexity]
[AV -- set ->net_ns in all cases; nfs remount will need that]
[AV -- shift security_sb_remount() call into reconfigure_super(); the callers
that didn't do security_sb_remount() have NULL fc->security anyway, so it's
a no-op for them]

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Co-developed-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c9ce29ed 20-Dec-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

vfs_get_tree(): evict the call of security_sb_kern_mount()

Right now vfs_get_tree() calls security_sb_kern_mount() (i.e.
mount MAC) unless it gets MS_KERNMOUNT or MS_SUBMOUNT in flags.
Doing it that way is both clumsy and imprecise.

Consider the callers' tree of vfs_get_tree():
vfs_get_tree()
<- do_new_mount()
<- vfs_kern_mount()
<- simple_pin_fs()
<- vfs_submount()
<- kern_mount_data()
<- init_mount_tree()
<- btrfs_mount()
<- vfs_get_tree()
<- nfs_do_root_mount()
<- nfs4_try_mount()
<- nfs_fs_mount()
<- vfs_get_tree()
<- nfs4_referral_mount()

do_new_mount() always does need MAC (we are guaranteed that neither
MS_KERNMOUNT nor MS_SUBMOUNT will be passed there).

simple_pin_fs(), vfs_submount() and kern_mount_data() pass explicit
flags inhibiting that check. So does nfs4_referral_mount() (the
flags there are ulimately coming from vfs_submount()).

init_mount_tree() is called too early for anything LSM-related; it
doesn't matter whether we attempt those checks, they'll do nothing.

Finally, in case of btrfs_mount() and nfs_fs_mount(), doing MAC
is pointless - either the caller will do it, or the flags are
such that we wouldn't have done it either.

In other words, the one and only case when we want that check
done is when we are called from do_new_mount(), and there we
want it unconditionally.

So let's simply move it there. The superblock is still locked,
so nobody is going to get access to it (via ustat(2), etc.)
until we get a chance to apply the checks - we are free to
move them to any point up to where we drop ->s_umount (in
do_new_mount_fc()).

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a0c9a8b8 04-Nov-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

teach vfs_get_tree() to handle subtype, switch do_new_mount() to it

Roll the handling of subtypes into do_new_mount() and vfs_get_tree(). The
former determines any subtype string and hangs it off the fs_context; the
latter applies it.

Make do_new_mount() create, parameterise and commit an fs_context and
create a mount for itself rather than calling vfs_kern_mount().

[AV -- missing kstrdup()]
[AV -- ... and no kstrdup() if we get to setting ->s_submount - we
simply transfer it from fc, leaving NULL behind]
[AV -- constify ->s_submount, while we are at it]

Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 9bc61ab1 04-Nov-2018 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Introduce fs_context, switch vfs_kern_mount() to it.

Introduce a filesystem context concept to be used during superblock
creation for mount and superblock reconfiguration for remount. This is
allocated at the beginning of the mount procedure and into it is placed:

(1) Filesystem type.

(2) Namespaces.

(3) Source/Device names (there may be multiple).

(4) Superblock flags (SB_*).

(5) Security details.

(6) Filesystem-specific data, as set by the mount options.

Accessor functions are then provided to set up a context, parameterise it
from monolithic mount data (the data page passed to mount(2)) and tear it
down again.

A legacy wrapper is provided that implements what will be the basic
operations, wrapping access to filesystems that aren't yet aware of the
fs_context.

Finally, vfs_kern_mount() is changed to make use of the fs_context and
mount_fs() is replaced by vfs_get_tree(), called from vfs_kern_mount().
[AV -- add missing kstrdup()]
[AV -- put_cred() can be unconditional - fc->cred can't be NULL]
[AV -- take legacy_validate() contents into legacy_parse_monolithic()]
[AV -- merge KERNEL_MOUNT and USER_MOUNT]
[AV -- don't unlock superblock on success return from vfs_get_tree()]
[AV -- kill 'reference' argument of init_fs_context()]

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Co-developed-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 718c4303 20-Dec-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

mount_fs: suppress MAC on MS_SUBMOUNT as well as MS_KERNMOUNT

Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 204cc0cc 13-Dec-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

LSM: hide struct security_mnt_opts from any generic code

Keep void * instead, allocate on demand (in parse_str_opts, at the
moment). Eventually both selinux and smack will be better off
with private structures with several strings in those, rather than
this "counter and two pointers to dynamically allocated arrays"
ugliness. This commit allows to do that at leisure, without
disrupting anything outside of given module.

Changes:
* instead of struct security_mnt_opt use an opaque pointer
initialized to NULL.
* security_sb_eat_lsm_opts(), security_sb_parse_opts_str() and
security_free_mnt_opts() take it as var argument (i.e. as void **);
call sites are unchanged.
* security_sb_set_mnt_opts() and security_sb_remount() take
it by value (i.e. as void *).
* new method: ->sb_free_mnt_opts(). Takes void *, does
whatever freeing that needs to be done.
* ->sb_set_mnt_opts() and ->sb_remount() might get NULL as
mnt_opts argument, meaning "empty".

Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a10d7c22 05-Dec-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

LSM: split ->sb_set_mnt_opts() out of ->sb_kern_mount()

... leaving the "is it kernel-internal" logics in the caller.

Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# f5c0c26d 16-Nov-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

new helper: security_sb_eat_lsm_opts()

combination of alloc_secdata(), security_sb_copy_data(),
security_sb_parse_opt_str() and free_secdata().

Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 6be8750b 01-Dec-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

LSM: lift parsing LSM options into the caller of ->sb_kern_mount()

This paves the way for retaining the LSM options from a common filesystem
mount context during a mount parameter parsing phase to be instituted prior
to actual mount/reconfiguration actions.

Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# e262e32d 01-Nov-2018 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

vfs: Suppress MS_* flag defs within the kernel unless explicitly enabled

Only the mount namespace code that implements mount(2) should be using the
MS_* flags. Suppress them inside the kernel unless uapi/linux/mount.h is
included.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>


# 1e6cb723 01-Sep-2018 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>

fsnotify: add super block object type

Add the infrastructure to attach a mark to a super_block struct
and detach all attached marks when super block is destroyed.

This is going to be used by fanotify backend to setup super block
marks.

Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# 5a66847e 10-Jun-2018 Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>

fs: Convert unnamed_dev_ida to new API

The new API is much easier for this user. Also add kerneldoc for
get_anon_bdev().

Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>


# 9b996468 17-Aug-2018 Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>

mm: add SHRINK_EMPTY shrinker methods return value

We need to distinguish the situations when shrinker has very small
amount of objects (see vfs_pressure_ratio() called from
super_cache_count()), and when it has no objects at all. Currently, in
the both of these cases, shrinker::count_objects() returns 0.

The patch introduces new SHRINK_EMPTY return value, which will be used
for "no objects at all" case. It's is a refactoring mostly, as
SHRINK_EMPTY is replaced by 0 by all callers of do_shrink_slab() in this
patch, and all the magic will happen in further.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/153063069574.1818.11037751256699341813.stgit@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Andrey Ryabinin <aryabinin@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Cc: "Huang, Ying" <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Cc: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Cc: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Cc: Sahitya Tummala <stummala@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Waiman Long <longman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# c92e8e10 17-Aug-2018 Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>

fs: propagate shrinker::id to list_lru

Add list_lru::shrinker_id field and populate it by registered shrinker
id.

This will be used to set correct bit in memcg shrinkers map by lru code
in next patches, after there appeared the first related to memcg element
in list_lru.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/153063059758.1818.14866596416857717800.stgit@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Andrey Ryabinin <aryabinin@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Cc: "Huang, Ying" <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Cc: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Cc: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Cc: Sahitya Tummala <stummala@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Waiman Long <longman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 2b3648a6 17-Aug-2018 Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>

fs/super.c: refactor alloc_super()

Do two list_lru_init_memcg() calls after prealloc_super().
destroy_unused_super() in fail path is OK with this. Next patch needs
such the order.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/153063058712.1818.3382490999719078571.stgit@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Andrey Ryabinin <aryabinin@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Cc: "Huang, Ying" <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Cc: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Cc: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Cc: Sahitya Tummala <stummala@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Waiman Long <longman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 79f546a6 10-May-2018 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

fs: don't scan the inode cache before SB_BORN is set

We recently had an oops reported on a 4.14 kernel in
xfs_reclaim_inodes_count() where sb->s_fs_info pointed to garbage
and so the m_perag_tree lookup walked into lala land. It produces
an oops down this path during the failed mount:

radix_tree_gang_lookup_tag+0xc4/0x130
xfs_perag_get_tag+0x37/0xf0
xfs_reclaim_inodes_count+0x32/0x40
xfs_fs_nr_cached_objects+0x11/0x20
super_cache_count+0x35/0xc0
shrink_slab.part.66+0xb1/0x370
shrink_node+0x7e/0x1a0
try_to_free_pages+0x199/0x470
__alloc_pages_slowpath+0x3a1/0xd20
__alloc_pages_nodemask+0x1c3/0x200
cache_grow_begin+0x20b/0x2e0
fallback_alloc+0x160/0x200
kmem_cache_alloc+0x111/0x4e0

The problem is that the superblock shrinker is running before the
filesystem structures it depends on have been fully set up. i.e.
the shrinker is registered in sget(), before ->fill_super() has been
called, and the shrinker can call into the filesystem before
fill_super() does it's setup work. Essentially we are exposed to
both use-after-free and use-before-initialisation bugs here.

To fix this, add a check for the SB_BORN flag in super_cache_count.
In general, this flag is not set until ->fs_mount() completes
successfully, so we know that it is set after the filesystem
setup has completed. This matches the trylock_super() behaviour
which will not let super_cache_scan() run if SB_BORN is not set, and
hence will not allow the superblock shrinker from entering the
filesystem while it is being set up or after it has failed setup
and is being torn down.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-Off-By: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 1c18d2a1 10-May-2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

it's SB_BORN, not MS_BORN...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 8e04944f 04-Apr-2018 Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>

mm,vmscan: Allow preallocating memory for register_shrinker().

syzbot is catching so many bugs triggered by commit 9ee332d99e4d5a97
("sget(): handle failures of register_shrinker()"). That commit expected
that calling kill_sb() from deactivate_locked_super() without successful
fill_super() is safe, but the reality was different; some callers assign
attributes which are needed for kill_sb() after sget() succeeds.

For example, [1] is a report where sb->s_mode (which seems to be either
FMODE_READ | FMODE_EXCL | FMODE_WRITE or FMODE_READ | FMODE_EXCL) is not
assigned unless sget() succeeds. But it does not worth complicate sget()
so that register_shrinker() failure path can safely call
kill_block_super() via kill_sb(). Making alloc_super() fail if memory
allocation for register_shrinker() failed is much simpler. Let's avoid
calling deactivate_locked_super() from sget_userns() by preallocating
memory for the shrinker and making register_shrinker() in sget_userns()
never fail.

[1] https://syzkaller.appspot.com/bug?id=588996a25a2587be2e3a54e8646728fb9cae44e7

Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzbot+5a170e19c963a2e0df79@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 08fdc8a0 03-Oct-2017 Mateusz Guzik <mguzik@redhat.com>

buffer.c: call thaw_super during emergency thaw

There are 2 distinct freezing mechanisms - one operates on block
devices and another one directly on super blocks. Both end up with the
same result, but thaw of only one of these does not thaw the other.

In particular fsfreeze --freeze uses the ioctl variant going to the
super block. Since prior to this patch emergency thaw was not doing
a relevant thaw, filesystems frozen with this method remained
unaffected.

The patch is a hack which adds blind unfreezing.

In order to keep the super block write-locked the whole time the code
is shuffled around and the newly introduced __iterate_supers is
employed.

Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mguzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# f1ee6162 20-Dec-2017 NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>

VFS: don't keep disconnected dentries on d_anon

The original purpose of the per-superblock d_anon list was to
keep disconnected dentries in the cache between consecutive
requests to the NFS server. Dentries can be disconnected if
a client holds a file open and repeatedly performs IO on it,
and if the server drops the dentry, whether due to memory
pressure, server restart, or "echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches".

This purpose was thwarted by commit 75a6f82a0d10 ("freeing unlinked
file indefinitely delayed") which caused disconnected dentries
to be freed as soon as their refcount reached zero.

This means that, when a dentry being used by nfsd gets disconnected, a
new one needs to be allocated for every request (unless requests
overlap). As the dentry has no name, no parent, and no children,
there is little of value to cache. As small memory allocations are
typically fast (from per-cpu free lists) this likely has little cost.

This means that the original purpose of s_anon is no longer relevant:
there is no longer any need to keep disconnected dentries on a list so
they appear to be hashed.

However, s_anon now has a new use. When you mount an NFS filesystem,
the dentry stored in s_root is just a placebo. The "real" root dentry
is allocated using d_obtain_root() and so it kept on the s_anon list.
I don't know the reason for this, but suspect it related to NFSv4
where a mount of "server:/some/path" require NFS to look up the root
filehandle on the server, then walk down "/some" and "/path" to get
the filehandle to mount.

Whatever the reason, NFS depends on the s_anon list and on
shrink_dcache_for_umount() pruning all dentries on this list. So we
cannot simply remove s_anon.

We could just leave the code unchanged, but apart from that being
potentially confusing, the (unfair) bit-spin-lock which protects
s_anon can become a bottle neck when lots of disconnected dentries are
being created.

So this patch renames s_anon to s_roots, and stops storing
disconnected dentries on the list. Only dentries obtained with
d_obtain_root() are now stored on this list. There are many fewer of
these (only NFS and NILFS2 use the call, and only during filesystem
mount) so contention on the bit-lock will not be a problem.

Possibly an alternate solution should be found for NFS and NILFS2, but
that would require understanding their needs first.

Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 9ee332d9 18-Dec-2017 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

sget(): handle failures of register_shrinker()

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# ca0168e8 05-Dec-2017 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

alloc_super(): do ->s_umount initialization earlier

... so that failure exits could count on it having been
done.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b2441318 01-Nov-2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>

License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>


# c645b930 11-Oct-2017 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

fold destroy_super() into __put_super()

There's only one caller of destroy_super() left now. Fold it there,
and replace those list_lru_destroy() calls with checks that they
had already been done (as they should have, when we were dropping
the last active reference).

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 0200894d 11-Oct-2017 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

new helper: destroy_unused_super()

Used for disposal of super_block instances that had never been reachable
via any shared data structures. No need for RCU delay in there, everything
can be called directly.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# fa7c1d50 03-Oct-2017 Mateusz Guzik <mguzik@redhat.com>

vfs: factor sb iteration out of do_emergency_remount

The intent is to reduce code duplication with other code
iterating the list.

No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mguzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# bc8230ee 08-Jun-2017 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

quota: Convert dqio_mutex to rwsem

Convert dqio_mutex to rwsem and call it dqio_sem. No functional changes
yet.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# e462ec50 17-Jul-2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

VFS: Differentiate mount flags (MS_*) from internal superblock flags

Differentiate the MS_* flags passed to mount(2) from the internal flags set
in the super_block's s_flags. s_flags are now called SB_*, with the names
and the values for the moment mirroring the MS_* flags that they're
equivalent to.

In this patch, just the headers are altered and some kernel code where
blind automated conversion isn't necessarily correct.

Note that this shows up some interesting issues:

(1) Some MS_* flags get translated to MNT_* flags (such as MS_NODEV ->
MNT_NODEV) without passing this on to the filesystem, but some
filesystems set such flags anyway.

(2) The ->remount_fs() methods of some filesystems adjust the *flags
argument by setting MS_* flags in it, such as MS_NOATIME - but these
flags are then scrubbed by do_remount_sb() (only the occupants of
MS_RMT_MASK are permitted: MS_RDONLY, MS_SYNCHRONOUS, MS_MANDLOCK,
MS_I_VERSION and MS_LAZYTIME)

I'm not sure what's the best way to solve all these cases.

Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>


# bc98a42c 17-Jul-2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

VFS: Convert sb->s_flags & MS_RDONLY to sb_rdonly(sb)

Firstly by applying the following with coccinelle's spatch:

@@ expression SB; @@
-SB->s_flags & MS_RDONLY
+sb_rdonly(SB)

to effect the conversion to sb_rdonly(sb), then by applying:

@@ expression A, SB; @@
(
-(!sb_rdonly(SB)) && A
+!sb_rdonly(SB) && A
|
-A != (sb_rdonly(SB))
+A != sb_rdonly(SB)
|
-A == (sb_rdonly(SB))
+A == sb_rdonly(SB)
|
-!(sb_rdonly(SB))
+!sb_rdonly(SB)
|
-A && (sb_rdonly(SB))
+A && sb_rdonly(SB)
|
-A || (sb_rdonly(SB))
+A || sb_rdonly(SB)
|
-(sb_rdonly(SB)) != A
+sb_rdonly(SB) != A
|
-(sb_rdonly(SB)) == A
+sb_rdonly(SB) == A
|
-(sb_rdonly(SB)) && A
+sb_rdonly(SB) && A
|
-(sb_rdonly(SB)) || A
+sb_rdonly(SB) || A
)

@@ expression A, B, SB; @@
(
-(sb_rdonly(SB)) ? 1 : 0
+sb_rdonly(SB)
|
-(sb_rdonly(SB)) ? A : B
+sb_rdonly(SB) ? A : B
)

to remove left over excess bracketage and finally by applying:

@@ expression A, SB; @@
(
-(A & MS_RDONLY) != sb_rdonly(SB)
+(bool)(A & MS_RDONLY) != sb_rdonly(SB)
|
-(A & MS_RDONLY) == sb_rdonly(SB)
+(bool)(A & MS_RDONLY) == sb_rdonly(SB)
)

to make comparisons against the result of sb_rdonly() (which is a bool)
work correctly.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>


# 1d278a87 05-Jul-2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

VFS: Kill off s_options and helpers

Kill off s_options, save/replace_mount_options() and generic_show_options()
as all filesystems now implement ->show_options() for themselves. This
should make it easier to implement a context-based mount where the mount
options can be passed individually over a file descriptor.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# dd111b31 04-Jul-2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

VFS: Clean up whitespace in fs/namespace.c and fs/super.c

Clean up line terminal whitespace in fs/namespace.c and fs/super.c.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 7c4cc300 11-Apr-2017 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

bdi: Drop 'parent' argument from bdi_register[_va]()

Drop 'parent' argument of bdi_register() and bdi_register_va(). It is
always NULL.

Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# c1844d53 11-Apr-2017 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Remove SB_I_DYNBDI flag

Now that all bdi structures filesystems use are properly refcounted, we
can remove the SB_I_DYNBDI flag.

Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# 13eec236 11-Apr-2017 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Get proper reference for s_bdi

So far we just relied on block device to hold a bdi reference for us
while the filesystem is mounted. While that works perfectly fine, it is
a bit awkward that we have a pointer to a refcounted structure in the
superblock without proper reference. So make s_bdi hold a proper
reference to block device's BDI. No filesystem using mount_bdev()
actually changes s_bdi so this is safe and will make bdev filesystems
work the same way as filesystems needing to set up their private bdi.

Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# fca39346 11-Apr-2017 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Provide infrastructure for dynamic BDIs in filesystems

Provide helper functions for setting up dynamically allocated
backing_dev_info structures for filesystems and cleaning them up on
superblock destruction.

CC: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
CC: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
CC: Petr Vandrovec <petr@vandrovec.name>
CC: linux-nilfs@vger.kernel.org
CC: cluster-devel@redhat.com
CC: osd-dev@open-osd.org
CC: codalist@coda.cs.cmu.edu
CC: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org
CC: ecryptfs@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org
CC: ceph-devel@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-btrfs@vger.kernel.org
CC: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
CC: lustre-devel@lists.lustre.org
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# dc3b17cc 02-Feb-2017 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

block: Use pointer to backing_dev_info from request_queue

We will want to have struct backing_dev_info allocated separately from
struct request_queue. As the first step add pointer to backing_dev_info
to request_queue and convert all users touching it. No functional
changes in this patch.

Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# 93faccbb 31-Jan-2017 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>

fs: Better permission checking for submounts

To support unprivileged users mounting filesystems two permission
checks have to be performed: a test to see if the user allowed to
create a mount in the mount namespace, and a test to see if
the user is allowed to access the specified filesystem.

The automount case is special in that mounting the original filesystem
grants permission to mount the sub-filesystems, to any user who
happens to stumble across the their mountpoint and satisfies the
ordinary filesystem permission checks.

Attempting to handle the automount case by using override_creds
almost works. It preserves the idea that permission to mount
the original filesystem is permission to mount the sub-filesystem.
Unfortunately using override_creds messes up the filesystems
ordinary permission checks.

Solve this by being explicit that a mount is a submount by introducing
vfs_submount, and using it where appropriate.

vfs_submount uses a new mount internal mount flags MS_SUBMOUNT, to let
sget and friends know that a mount is a submount so they can take appropriate
action.

sget and sget_userns are modified to not perform any permission checks
on submounts.

follow_automount is modified to stop using override_creds as that
has proven problemantic.

do_mount is modified to always remove the new MS_SUBMOUNT flag so
that we know userspace will never by able to specify it.

autofs4 is modified to stop using current_real_cred that was put in
there to handle the previous version of submount permission checking.

cifs is modified to pass the mountpoint all of the way down to vfs_submount.

debugfs is modified to pass the mountpoint all of the way down to
trace_automount by adding a new parameter. To make this change easier
a new typedef debugfs_automount_t is introduced to capture the type of
the debugfs automount function.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 069d5ac9ae0d ("autofs: Fix automounts by using current_real_cred()->uid")
Fixes: aeaa4a79ff6a ("fs: Call d_automount with the filesystems creds")
Reviewed-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Reviewed-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>


# c3b00446 23-Nov-2016 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

quota: Remove dqonoff_mutex

The only places that were grabbing dqonoff_mutex are functions turning
quotas on and off and these are properly serialized using s_umount
semaphore. Remove dqonoff_mutex.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# ba6379f7 22-Nov-2016 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Provide function to get superblock with exclusive s_umount

Quota code will need a variant of get_super_thawed() that returns
superblock with s_umount held in exclusive mode to serialize quota on
and quota off operations. Provide this functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# f1a96220 26-Sep-2016 Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>

fs/super.c: don't fool lockdep in freeze_super() and thaw_super() paths

sb_wait_write()->percpu_rwsem_release() fools lockdep to avoid the
false-positives. Now that xfs was fixed by Dave's commit dbad7c993053
("xfs: stop holding ILOCK over filldir callbacks") we can remove it and
change freeze_super() and thaw_super() to run with s_writers.rw_sem locks
held; we add two trivial helpers for that, lockdep_sb_freeze_release()
and lockdep_sb_freeze_acquire().

xfstests-dev/check `grep -il freeze tests/*/???` does not trigger any
warning from lockdep.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 89f39af1 26-Sep-2016 Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>

fs/super.c: fix race between freeze_super() and thaw_super()

Change thaw_super() to check frozen != SB_FREEZE_COMPLETE rather than
frozen == SB_UNFROZEN, otherwise it can race with freeze_super() which
drops sb->s_umount after SB_FREEZE_WRITE to preserve the lock ordering.

In this case thaw_super() will wrongly call s_op->unfreeze_fs() before
it was actually frozen, and call sb_freeze_unlock() which leads to the
unbalanced percpu_up_write(). Unfortunately lockdep can't detect this,
so this triggers misc BUG_ON()'s in kernel/rcu/sync.c.

Reported-and-tested-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 6c60d2b5 26-Jul-2016 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

fs/fs-writeback.c: add a new writeback list for sync

wait_sb_inodes() currently does a walk of all inodes in the filesystem
to find dirty one to wait on during sync. This is highly inefficient
and wastes a lot of CPU when there are lots of clean cached inodes that
we don't need to wait on.

To avoid this "all inode" walk, we need to track inodes that are
currently under writeback that we need to wait for. We do this by
adding inodes to a writeback list on the sb when the mapping is first
tagged as having pages under writeback. wait_sb_inodes() can then walk
this list of "inodes under IO" and wait specifically just for the inodes
that the current sync(2) needs to wait for.

Define a couple helpers to add/remove an inode from the writeback list
and call them when the overall mapping is tagged for or cleared from
writeback. Update wait_sb_inodes() to walk only the inodes under
writeback due to the sync.

With this change, filesystem sync times are significantly reduced for
fs' with largely populated inode caches and otherwise no other work to
do. For example, on a 16xcpu 2GHz x86-64 server, 10TB XFS filesystem
with a ~10m entry inode cache, sync times are reduced from ~7.3s to less
than 0.1s when the filesystem is fully clean.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1466594593-6757-2-git-send-email-bfoster@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Foster <bfoster@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger.hoffstaette@applied-asynchrony.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# cc50a07a 09-Jun-2016 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>

userns: Remove the now unnecessary FS_USERNS_DEV_MOUNT flag

Now that SB_I_NODEV controls the nodev behavior devpts can just clear
this flag during mount. Simplifying the code and making it easier
to audit how the code works. While still preserving the invariant
that s_iflags is only modified during mount.

Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>


# 67690f93 18-May-2016 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>

userns: Remove implicit MNT_NODEV fragility.

Replace the implict setting of MNT_NODEV on mounts that happen with
just user namespace permissions with an implicit setting of SB_I_NODEV
in s_iflags. The visibility of the implicit MNT_NODEV has caused
problems in the past.

With this change the fragile case where an implicit MNT_NODEV needs to
be preserved in do_remount is removed. Using SB_I_NODEV is much less
fragile as s_iflags are set during the original mount and never
changed.

In do_new_mount with the implicit setting of MNT_NODEV gone, the only
code that can affect mnt_flags is fs_fully_visible so simplify the if
statement and reduce the indentation of the code to make that clear.

Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>


# a001e74c 06-Jun-2016 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>

mnt: Move the FS_USERNS_MOUNT check into sget_userns

Allowing a filesystem to be mounted by other than root in the initial
user namespace is a filesystem property not a mount namespace property
and as such should be checked in filesystem specific code. Move the
FS_USERNS_MOUNT test into super.c:sget_userns().

Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>


# 6e4eab57 24-May-2016 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>

fs: Add user namespace member to struct super_block

Start marking filesystems with a user namespace owner, s_user_ns. In
this change this is only used for permission checks of who may mount a
filesystem. Ultimately s_user_ns will be used for translating ids and
checking capabilities for filesystems mounted from user namespaces.

The default policy for setting s_user_ns is implemented in sget(),
which arranges for s_user_ns to be set to current_user_ns() and to
ensure that the mounter of the filesystem has CAP_SYS_ADMIN in that
user_ns.

The guts of sget are split out into another function sget_userns().
The function sget_userns calls alloc_super with the specified user
namespace or it verifies the existing superblock that was found
has the expected user namespace, and fails with EBUSY when it is not.
This failing prevents users with the wrong privileges mounting a
filesystem.

The reason for the split of sget_userns from sget is that in some
cases such as mount_ns and kernfs_mount_ns a different policy for
permission checking of mounts and setting s_user_ns is necessary, and
the existence of sget_userns() allows those policies to be
implemented.

The helper mount_ns is expected to be used for filesystems such as
proc and mqueuefs which present per namespace information. The
function mount_ns is modified to call sget_userns instead of sget to
ensure the user namespace owner of the namespace whose information is
presented by the filesystem is used on the superblock.

For sysfs and cgroup the appropriate permission checks are already in
place, and kernfs_mount_ns is modified to call sget_userns so that
the init_user_ns is the only user namespace used.

For the cgroup filesystem cgroup namespace mounts are bind mounts of a
subset of the full cgroup filesystem and as such s_user_ns must be the
same for all of them as there is only a single superblock.

Mounts of sysfs that vary based on the network namespace could in principle
change s_user_ns but it keeps the analysis and implementation of kernfs
simpler if that is not supported, and at present there appear to be no
benefits from supporting a different s_user_ns on any sysfs mount.

Getting the details of setting s_user_ns correct has been
a long process. Thanks to Pavel Tikhorirorv who spotted a leak
in sget_userns. Thanks to Seth Forshee who has kept the work alive.

Thanks-to: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Thanks-to: Pavel Tikhomirov <ptikhomirov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>


# d91ee87d 23-May-2016 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>

vfs: Pass data, ns, and ns->userns to mount_ns

Today what is normally called data (the mount options) is not passed
to fill_super through mount_ns.

Pass the mount options and the namespace separately to mount_ns so
that filesystems such as proc that have mount options, can use
mount_ns.

Pass the user namespace to mount_ns so that the standard permission
check that verifies the mounter has permissions over the namespace can
be performed in mount_ns instead of in each filesystems .mount method.
Thus removing the duplication between mqueuefs and proc in terms of
permission checks. The extra permission check does not currently
affect the rpc_pipefs filesystem and the nfsd filesystem as those
filesystems do not currently allow unprivileged mounts. Without
unpvileged mounts it is guaranteed that the caller has already passed
capable(CAP_SYS_ADMIN) which guarantees extra permission check will
pass.

Update rpc_pipefs and the nfsd filesystem to ensure that the network
namespace reference is always taken in fill_super and always put in kill_sb
so that the logic is simpler and so that errors originating inside of
fill_super do not cause a network namespace leak.

Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>


# bd7ced98 02-Feb-2016 Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>

Doc: treewide : Fix typos in DocBook/filesystem.xml

This patch fix spelling typos found in DocBook/filesystem.xml.
It is because the file was generated from comments in code,
I have to fix the comments in codes, instead of xml file.

Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>


# a1a0e23e 29-Feb-2016 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>

writeback: flush inode cgroup wb switches instead of pinning super_block

If cgroup writeback is in use, inodes can be scheduled for
asynchronous wb switching. Before 5ff8eaac1636 ("writeback: keep
superblock pinned during cgroup writeback association switches"), this
could race with umount leading to super_block being destroyed while
inodes are pinned for wb switching. 5ff8eaac1636 fixed it by bumping
s_active while wb switches are in flight; however, this allowed
in-flight wb switches to make umounts asynchronous when the userland
expected synchronosity - e.g. fsck immediately following umount may
fail because the device is still busy.

This patch removes the problematic super_block pinning and instead
makes generic_shutdown_super() flush in-flight wb switches. wb
switches are now executed on a dedicated isw_wq so that they can be
flushed and isw_nr_in_flight keeps track of the number of in-flight wb
switches so that flushing can be avoided in most cases.

v2: Move cgroup_writeback_umount() further below and add MS_ACTIVE
check in inode_switch_wbs() as Jan an Al suggested.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Tahsin Erdogan <tahsin@google.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/g/CAAeU0aNCq7LGODvVGRU-oU_o-6enii5ey0p1c26D1ZzYwkDc5A@mail.gmail.com
Fixes: 5ff8eaac1636 ("writeback: keep superblock pinned during cgroup writeback association switches")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org #v4.5
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Tahsin Erdogan <tahsin@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# a1c6f057 13-Apr-2015 Dmitry Monakhov <dmonakhov@openvz.org>

fs: use block_device name vsprintf helper

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Monakhov <dmonakhov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 22224a17 21-Sep-2015 Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@freescale.com>

fs/super.c: use && instead of & for warn_on condition

This fixes the following sparse warning:

fs/super.c:1202:9: warning: dubious: x & !y

Bitwise and logical and are equivalent here, but logical was intended.
The generated code is identical, with and without CONFIG_LOCKDEP.

Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>


# e97fedb9 04-Mar-2015 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

sync: serialise per-superblock sync operations

When competing sync(2) calls walk the same filesystem, they need to
walk the list of inodes on the superblock to find all the inodes
that we need to wait for IO completion on. However, when multiple
wait_sb_inodes() calls do this at the same time, they contend on the
the inode_sb_list_lock and the contention causes system wide
slowdowns. In effect, concurrent sync(2) calls can take longer and
burn more CPU than if they were serialised.

Stop the worst of the contention by adding a per-sb mutex to wrap
around wait_sb_inodes() so that we only execute one sync(2) IO
completion walk per superblock superblock at a time and hence avoid
contention being triggered by concurrent sync(2) calls.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>


# 74278da9 03-Mar-2015 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

inode: convert inode_sb_list_lock to per-sb

The process of reducing contention on per-superblock inode lists
starts with moving the locking to match the per-superblock inode
list. This takes the global lock out of the picture and reduces the
contention problems to within a single filesystem. This doesn't get
rid of contention as the locks still have global CPU scope, but it
does isolate operations on different superblocks form each other.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Tested-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>


# 8129ed29 11-Aug-2015 Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>

change sb_writers to use percpu_rw_semaphore

We can remove everything from struct sb_writers except frozen
and add the array of percpu_rw_semaphore's instead.

This patch doesn't remove sb_writers->wait_unfrozen yet, we keep
it for get_super_thawed(). We will probably remove it later.

This change tries to address the following problems:

- Firstly, __sb_start_write() looks simply buggy. It does
__sb_end_write() if it sees ->frozen, but if it migrates
to another CPU before percpu_counter_dec(), sb_wait_write()
can wrongly succeed if there is another task which holds
the same "semaphore": sb_wait_write() can miss the result
of the previous percpu_counter_inc() but see the result
of this percpu_counter_dec().

- As Dave Hansen reports, it is suboptimal. The trivial
microbenchmark that writes to a tmpfs file in a loop runs
12% faster if we change this code to rely on RCU and kill
the memory barriers.

- This code doesn't look simple. It would be better to rely
on the generic locking code.

According to Dave, this change adds the same performance
improvement.

Note: with this change both freeze_super() and thaw_super() will do
synchronize_sched_expedited() 3 times. This is just ugly. But:

- This will be "fixed" by the rcu_sync changes we are going
to merge. After that freeze_super()->percpu_down_write()
will use synchronize_sched(), and thaw_super() won't use
synchronize() at all.

This doesn't need any changes in fs/super.c.

- Once we merge rcu_sync changes, we can also change super.c
so that all wb_write->rw_sem's will share the single ->rss
in struct sb_writes, then freeze_super() will need only one
synchronize_sched().

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>


# 853b39a7 22-Jul-2015 Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>

shift percpu_counter_destroy() into destroy_super_work()

Of course, this patch is ugly as hell. It will be (partially)
reverted later. We add it to ensure that other WIP changes in
percpu_rw_semaphore won't break fs/super.c.

We do not even need this change right now, percpu_free_rwsem()
is fine in atomic context. But we are going to change this, it
will be might_sleep() after we merge the rcu_sync() patches.

And even after that we do not really need destroy_super_work(),
we will kill it in any case. Instead, destroy_super_rcu() should
just check that rss->cb_state == CB_IDLE and do call_rcu() again
in the (very unlikely) case this is not true.

So this is just the temporary kludge which helps us to avoid the
conflicts with the changes which will be (hopefully) routed via
rcu tree.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>


# 0e28e01f 11-Aug-2015 Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>

document rwsem_release() in sb_wait_write()

Not only we need to avoid the warning from lockdep_sys_exit(), the
caller of freeze_super() can never release this lock. Another thread
can do this, so there is another reason for rwsem_release().

Plus the comment should explain why we have to fool lockdep.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>


# f4b554af 19-Jul-2015 Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>

fix the broken lockdep logic in __sb_start_write()

1. wait_event(frozen < level) without rwsem_acquire_read() is just
wrong from lockdep perspective. If we are going to deadlock
because the caller is buggy, lockdep can't detect this problem.

2. __sb_start_write() can race with thaw_super() + freeze_super(),
and after "goto retry" the 2nd acquire_freeze_lock() is wrong.

3. The "tell lockdep we are doing trylock" hack doesn't look nice.

I think this is correct, but this logic should be more explicit.
Yes, the recursive read_lock() is fine if we hold the lock on a
higher level. But we do not need to fool lockdep. If we can not
deadlock in this case then try-lock must not fail and we can use
use wait == F throughout this code.

Note: as Dave Chinner explains, the "trylock" hack and the fat comment
can be probably removed. But this needs a separate change and it will
be trivial: just kill __sb_start_write() and rename do_sb_start_write()
back to __sb_start_write().

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.com>


# 1af95de6 23-Jun-2015 Wang YanQing <udknight@gmail.com>

fs:super:get_anon_bdev: fix race condition could cause dev exceed its upper limitation

Execution of get_anon_bdev concurrently and preemptive kernel all
could bring race condition, it isn't enough to check dev against
its upper limitation with equality operator only.

This patch fix it.

Signed-off-by: Wang YanQing <udknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 3cb29d11 14-Apr-2015 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>

cleancache: remove limit on the number of cleancache enabled filesystems

The limit equals 32 and is imposed by the number of entries in the
fs_poolid_map and shared_fs_poolid_map. Nowadays it is insufficient,
because with containers on board a Linux host can have hundreds of
active fs mounts.

These maps were introduced by commit 49a9ab815acb8 ("mm: cleancache:
lazy initialization to allow tmem backends to build/run as modules") in
order to allow compiling cleancache drivers as modules. Real pool ids
are stored in these maps while super_block->cleancache_poolid points to
an entry in the map, so that on cleancache registration we can walk over
all (if there are <= 32 of them, of course) cleancache-enabled super
blocks and assign real pool ids.

Actually, there is absolutely no need in these maps, because we can
iterate over all super blocks immediately using iterate_supers. This is
not racy, because cleancache_init_ops is called from mount_fs with
super_block->s_umount held for writing, while iterate_supers takes this
semaphore for reading, so if we call iterate_supers after setting
cleancache_ops, all super blocks that had been created before
cleancache_register_ops was called will be assigned pool ids by the
action function of iterate_supers while all newer super blocks will
receive it in cleancache_init_fs.

This patch therefore removes the maps and hence the artificial limit on
the number of cleancache enabled filesystems.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org>
Cc: Stefan Hengelein <ilendir@googlemail.com>
Cc: Florian Schmaus <fschmaus@gmail.com>
Cc: Andor Daam <andor.daam@googlemail.com>
Cc: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>
Cc: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# eb6ef3df 19-Feb-2015 Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com>

trylock_super(): replacement for grab_super_passive()

I've noticed significant locking contention in memory reclaimer around
sb_lock inside grab_super_passive(). Grab_super_passive() is called from
two places: in icache/dcache shrinkers (function super_cache_scan) and
from writeback (function __writeback_inodes_wb). Both are required for
progress in memory allocator.

Grab_super_passive() acquires sb_lock to increment sb->s_count and check
sb->s_instances. It seems sb->s_umount locked for read is enough here:
super-block deactivation always runs under sb->s_umount locked for write.
Protecting super-block itself isn't a problem: in super_cache_scan() sb
is protected by shrinker_rwsem: it cannot be freed if its slab shrinkers
are still active. Inside writeback super-block comes from inode from bdi
writeback list under wb->list_lock.

This patch removes locking sb_lock and checks s_instances under s_umount:
generic_shutdown_super() unlinks it under sb->s_umount locked for write.
New variant is called trylock_super() and since it only locks semaphore,
callers must call up_read(&sb->s_umount) instead of drop_super(sb) when
they're done.

Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 49e7e7ff 12-Feb-2015 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>

fs: shrinker: always scan at least one object of each type

In super_cache_scan() we divide the number of objects of particular type
by the total number of objects in order to distribute pressure among As a
result, in some corner cases we can get nr_to_scan=0 even if there are
some objects to reclaim, e.g. dentries=1, inodes=1, fs_objects=1,
nr_to_scan=1/3=0.

This is unacceptable for per memcg kmem accounting, because this means
that some objects may never get reclaimed after memcg death, preventing it
from being freed.

This patch therefore assures that super_cache_scan() will scan at least
one object of each type if any.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add comment]
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 2acb60a0 12-Feb-2015 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>

fs: make shrinker memcg aware

Now, to make any list_lru-based shrinker memcg aware we should only
initialize its list_lru as memcg aware. Let's do it for the general FS
shrinker (super_block::s_shrink).

There are other FS-specific shrinkers that use list_lru for storing
objects, such as XFS and GFS2 dquot cache shrinkers, but since they
reclaim objects that are shared among different cgroups, there is no point
making them memcg aware. It's a big question whether we should account
them to memcg at all.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# c0a5b560 12-Feb-2015 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>

list_lru: organize all list_lrus to list

To make list_lru memcg aware, we need all list_lrus to be kept on a list
protected by a mutex, so that we could sleep while walking over the
list.

Therefore after this change list_lru_destroy may sleep. Fortunately,
there is only one user that calls it from an atomic context - it's
put_super - and we can easily fix it by calling list_lru_destroy before
put_super in destroy_locked_super - anyway we don't longer need lrus by
that time.

Another point that should be noted is that list_lru_destroy is allowed
to be called on an uninitialized zeroed-out object, in which case it is
a no-op. Before this patch this was guaranteed by kfree, but now we
need an explicit check there.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 4101b624 12-Feb-2015 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>

fs: consolidate {nr,free}_cached_objects args in shrink_control

We are going to make FS shrinkers memcg-aware. To achieve that, we will
have to pass the memcg to scan to the nr_cached_objects and
free_cached_objects VFS methods, which currently take only the NUMA node
to scan. Since the shrink_control structure already holds the node, and
the memcg to scan will be added to it when we introduce memcg-aware
vmscan, let us consolidate the methods' arguments in this structure to
keep things clean.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 503c358c 12-Feb-2015 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>

list_lru: introduce list_lru_shrink_{count,walk}

Kmem accounting of memcg is unusable now, because it lacks slab shrinker
support. That means when we hit the limit we will get ENOMEM w/o any
chance to recover. What we should do then is to call shrink_slab, which
would reclaim old inode/dentry caches from this cgroup. This is what
this patch set is intended to do.

Basically, it does two things. First, it introduces the notion of
per-memcg slab shrinker. A shrinker that wants to reclaim objects per
cgroup should mark itself as SHRINKER_MEMCG_AWARE. Then it will be
passed the memory cgroup to scan from in shrink_control->memcg. For
such shrinkers shrink_slab iterates over the whole cgroup subtree under
the target cgroup and calls the shrinker for each kmem-active memory
cgroup.

Secondly, this patch set makes the list_lru structure per-memcg. It's
done transparently to list_lru users - everything they have to do is to
tell list_lru_init that they want memcg-aware list_lru. Then the
list_lru will automatically distribute objects among per-memcg lists
basing on which cgroup the object is accounted to. This way to make FS
shrinkers (icache, dcache) memcg-aware we only need to make them use
memcg-aware list_lru, and this is what this patch set does.

As before, this patch set only enables per-memcg kmem reclaim when the
pressure goes from memory.limit, not from memory.kmem.limit. Handling
memory.kmem.limit is going to be tricky due to GFP_NOFS allocations, and
it is still unclear whether we will have this knob in the unified
hierarchy.

This patch (of 9):

NUMA aware slab shrinkers use the list_lru structure to distribute
objects coming from different NUMA nodes to different lists. Whenever
such a shrinker needs to count or scan objects from a particular node,
it issues commands like this:

count = list_lru_count_node(lru, sc->nid);
freed = list_lru_walk_node(lru, sc->nid, isolate_func,
isolate_arg, &sc->nr_to_scan);

where sc is an instance of the shrink_control structure passed to it
from vmscan.

To simplify this, let's add special list_lru functions to be used by
shrinkers, list_lru_shrink_count() and list_lru_shrink_walk(), which
consolidate the nid and nr_to_scan arguments in the shrink_control
structure.

This will also allow us to avoid patching shrinkers that use list_lru
when we make shrink_slab() per-memcg - all we will have to do is extend
the shrink_control structure to include the target memcg and make
list_lru_shrink_{count,walk} handle this appropriately.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 15d0f5ea 02-Feb-2015 Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>

Make super_blocks and sb_lock static

The only user outside of fs/super.c is gone now

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# fdab684d 11-Jan-2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

allow attaching fs_pin to a group not associated with some superblock

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# df0ce26c 14-Jan-2015 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

fs: remove default_backing_dev_info

Now that default_backing_dev_info is not used for writeback purposes we can
git rid of it easily:

- instead of using it's name for tracing unregistered bdi we just use
"unknown"
- btrfs and ceph can just assign the default read ahead window themselves
like several other filesystems already do.
- we can assign noop_backing_dev_info as the default one in alloc_super.
All filesystems already either assigned their own or
noop_backing_dev_info.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>


# 75cbe701 29-Sep-2014 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Remove i_dquot field from inode

All filesystems using VFS quotas are now converted to use their private
i_dquot fields. Remove the i_dquot field from generic inode structure.

Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# 2c5f648a 30-Sep-2014 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

quota: Allow each filesystem to specify which quota types it supports

Currently all filesystems supporting VFS quota support user and group
quotas. With introduction of project quotas this is going to change so
make sure filesystem isn't called for quota type it doesn't support by
introduction of a bitmask determining which quota types each filesystem
supports.

Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# 475d0db7 17-May-2014 Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>

fs: Fix theoretical division by 0 in super_cache_scan().

total_objects could be 0 and is used as a denom.

While total_objects is a "long", total_objects == 0 unlikely happens for
3.12 and later kernels because 32-bit architectures would not be able to
hold (1 << 32) objects. However, total_objects == 0 may happen for kernels
between 3.1 and 3.11 because total_objects in prune_super() was an "int"
and (e.g.) x86_64 architecture might be able to hold (1 << 32) objects.

Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: stable <stable@kernel.org> # 3.1+
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 908c7f19 07-Sep-2014 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>

percpu_counter: add @gfp to percpu_counter_init()

Percpu allocator now supports allocation mask. Add @gfp to
percpu_counter_init() so that !GFP_KERNEL allocation masks can be used
with percpu_counters too.

We could have left percpu_counter_init() alone and added
percpu_counter_init_gfp(); however, the number of users isn't that
high and introducing _gfp variants to all percpu data structures would
be quite ugly, so let's just do the conversion. This is the one with
the most users. Other percpu data structures are a lot easier to
convert.

This patch doesn't make any functional difference.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: x86@kernel.org
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>


# 8fa1f1c2 21-May-2014 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

make fs/{namespace,super}.c forget about acct.h

These externs belong in fs/internal.h. Rename (they are not acct-specific
anymore) and move them over there.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 0aec09d0 07-Aug-2014 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

drop ->s_umount around acct_auto_close()

just repeat the frozen check after regaining it, and check that sb
is still alive. If several threads hit acct_auto_close() at the
same time, acct_auto_close() will survive that just fine. And we
really don't want to play with writes and closing the file with
->s_umount held exclusive - it's a deadlock country.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 215752fc 07-Aug-2014 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

acct: get rid of acct_list

Put these suckers on per-vfsmount and per-superblock lists instead.
Note: right now it's still acct_lock for everything, but that's
going to change.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b9ba6f94 03-Jun-2014 Niu Yawei <yawei.niu@gmail.com>

quota: remove dqptr_sem

Remove dqptr_sem to make quota code scalable: Remove the dqptr_sem,
accessing inode->i_dquot now protected by dquot_srcu, and changing
inode->i_dquot is now serialized by dq_data_lock.

Signed-off-by: Lai Siyao <lai.siyao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Niu Yawei <yawei.niu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# d23da150 04-Jun-2014 Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>

fs/superblock: avoid locking counting inodes and dentries before reclaiming them

We remove the call to grab_super_passive in call to super_cache_count.
This becomes a scalability bottleneck as multiple threads are trying to do
memory reclamation, e.g. when we are doing large amount of file read and
page cache is under pressure. The cached objects quickly got reclaimed
down to 0 and we are aborting the cache_scan() reclaim. But counting
creates a log jam acquiring the sb_lock.

We are holding the shrinker_rwsem which ensures the safety of call to
list_lru_count_node() and s_op->nr_cached_objects. The shrinker is
unregistered now before ->kill_sb() so the operation is safe when we are
doing unmount.

The impact will depend heavily on the machine and the workload but for a
small machine using postmark tuned to use 4xRAM size the results were

3.15.0-rc5 3.15.0-rc5
vanilla shrinker-v1r1
Ops/sec Transactions 21.00 ( 0.00%) 24.00 ( 14.29%)
Ops/sec FilesCreate 39.00 ( 0.00%) 44.00 ( 12.82%)
Ops/sec CreateTransact 10.00 ( 0.00%) 12.00 ( 20.00%)
Ops/sec FilesDeleted 6202.00 ( 0.00%) 6202.00 ( 0.00%)
Ops/sec DeleteTransact 11.00 ( 0.00%) 12.00 ( 9.09%)
Ops/sec DataRead/MB 25.97 ( 0.00%) 29.10 ( 12.05%)
Ops/sec DataWrite/MB 49.99 ( 0.00%) 56.02 ( 12.06%)

ffsb running in a configuration that is meant to simulate a mail server showed

3.15.0-rc5 3.15.0-rc5
vanilla shrinker-v1r1
Ops/sec readall 9402.63 ( 0.00%) 9567.97 ( 1.76%)
Ops/sec create 4695.45 ( 0.00%) 4735.00 ( 0.84%)
Ops/sec delete 173.72 ( 0.00%) 179.83 ( 3.52%)
Ops/sec Transactions 14271.80 ( 0.00%) 14482.81 ( 1.48%)
Ops/sec Read 37.00 ( 0.00%) 37.60 ( 1.62%)
Ops/sec Write 18.20 ( 0.00%) 18.30 ( 0.55%)

Signed-off-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Tested-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Bob Liu <bob.liu@oracle.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 28f2cd4f 04-Jun-2014 Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>

fs/superblock: unregister sb shrinker before ->kill_sb()

This series is aimed at regressions noticed during reclaim activity. The
first two patches are shrinker patches that were posted ages ago but never
merged for reasons that are unclear to me. I'm posting them again to see
if there was a reason they were dropped or if they just got lost. Dave?
Time? The last patch adjusts proportional reclaim. Yuanhan Liu, can you
retest the vm scalability test cases on a larger machine? Hugh, does this
work for you on the memcg test cases?

Based on ext4, I get the following results but unfortunately my larger
test machines are all unavailable so this is based on a relatively small
machine.

postmark
3.15.0-rc5 3.15.0-rc5
vanilla proportion-v1r4
Ops/sec Transactions 21.00 ( 0.00%) 25.00 ( 19.05%)
Ops/sec FilesCreate 39.00 ( 0.00%) 45.00 ( 15.38%)
Ops/sec CreateTransact 10.00 ( 0.00%) 12.00 ( 20.00%)
Ops/sec FilesDeleted 6202.00 ( 0.00%) 6202.00 ( 0.00%)
Ops/sec DeleteTransact 11.00 ( 0.00%) 12.00 ( 9.09%)
Ops/sec DataRead/MB 25.97 ( 0.00%) 30.02 ( 15.59%)
Ops/sec DataWrite/MB 49.99 ( 0.00%) 57.78 ( 15.58%)

ffsb (mail server simulator)
3.15.0-rc5 3.15.0-rc5
vanilla proportion-v1r4
Ops/sec readall 9402.63 ( 0.00%) 9805.74 ( 4.29%)
Ops/sec create 4695.45 ( 0.00%) 4781.39 ( 1.83%)
Ops/sec delete 173.72 ( 0.00%) 177.23 ( 2.02%)
Ops/sec Transactions 14271.80 ( 0.00%) 14764.37 ( 3.45%)
Ops/sec Read 37.00 ( 0.00%) 38.50 ( 4.05%)
Ops/sec Write 18.20 ( 0.00%) 18.50 ( 1.65%)

dd of a large file
3.15.0-rc5 3.15.0-rc5
vanilla proportion-v1r4
WallTime DownloadTar 75.00 ( 0.00%) 61.00 ( 18.67%)
WallTime DD 423.00 ( 0.00%) 401.00 ( 5.20%)
WallTime Delete 2.00 ( 0.00%) 5.00 (-150.00%)

stutter (times mmap latency during large amounts of IO)

3.15.0-rc5 3.15.0-rc5
vanilla proportion-v1r4
Unit >5ms Delays 80252.0000 ( 0.00%) 81523.0000 ( -1.58%)
Unit Mmap min 8.2118 ( 0.00%) 8.3206 ( -1.33%)
Unit Mmap mean 17.4614 ( 0.00%) 17.2868 ( 1.00%)
Unit Mmap stddev 24.9059 ( 0.00%) 34.6771 (-39.23%)
Unit Mmap max 2811.6433 ( 0.00%) 2645.1398 ( 5.92%)
Unit Mmap 90% 20.5098 ( 0.00%) 18.3105 ( 10.72%)
Unit Mmap 93% 22.9180 ( 0.00%) 20.1751 ( 11.97%)
Unit Mmap 95% 25.2114 ( 0.00%) 22.4988 ( 10.76%)
Unit Mmap 99% 46.1430 ( 0.00%) 43.5952 ( 5.52%)
Unit Ideal Tput 85.2623 ( 0.00%) 78.8906 ( 7.47%)
Unit Tput min 44.0666 ( 0.00%) 43.9609 ( 0.24%)
Unit Tput mean 45.5646 ( 0.00%) 45.2009 ( 0.80%)
Unit Tput stddev 0.9318 ( 0.00%) 1.1084 (-18.95%)
Unit Tput max 46.7375 ( 0.00%) 46.7539 ( -0.04%)

This patch (of 3):

We will like to unregister the sb shrinker before ->kill_sb(). This will
allow cached objects to be counted without call to grab_super_passive() to
update ref count on sb. We want to avoid locking during memory
reclamation especially when we are skipping the memory reclaim when we are
out of cached objects.

This is safe because grab_super_passive does a try-lock on the
sb->s_umount now, and so if we are in the unmount process, it won't ever
block. That means what used to be a deadlock and races we were avoiding
by using grab_super_passive() is now:

shrinker umount

down_read(shrinker_rwsem)
down_write(sb->s_umount)
shrinker_unregister
down_write(shrinker_rwsem)
<blocks>
grab_super_passive(sb)
down_read_trylock(sb->s_umount)
<fails>
<shrinker aborts>
....
<shrinkers finish running>
up_read(shrinker_rwsem)
<unblocks>
<removes shrinker>
up_write(shrinker_rwsem)
->kill_sb()
....

So it is safe to deregister the shrinker before ->kill_sb().

Signed-off-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Tested-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Bob Liu <bob.liu@oracle.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# a2a4dc49 03-Apr-2014 Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>

fs: Don't return 0 from get_anon_bdev

Commit 9e30cc9595303b27b48 removed an internal mount. This
has the side-effect that rootfs now has FSID 0. Many
userspace utilities assume that st_dev in struct stat
is never 0, so this change breaks a number of tools in
early userspace.

Since we don't know how many userspace programs are affected,
make sure that FSID is at least 1.

References: http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1666905
References: http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.utilities.util-linux-ng/8557
Cc: 3.14 <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Demers <alexandre.f.demers@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>


# 02b9984d 13-Mar-2014 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>

fs: push sync_filesystem() down to the file system's remount_fs()

Previously, the no-op "mount -o mount /dev/xxx" operation when the
file system is already mounted read-write causes an implied,
unconditional syncfs(). This seems pretty stupid, and it's certainly
documented or guaraunteed to do this, nor is it particularly useful,
except in the case where the file system was mounted rw and is getting
remounted read-only.

However, it's possible that there might be some file systems that are
actually depending on this behavior. In most file systems, it's
probably fine to only call sync_filesystem() when transitioning from
read-write to read-only, and there are some file systems where this is
not needed at all (for example, for a pseudo-filesystem or something
like romfs).

Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Evgeniy Dushistov <dushistov@mail.ru>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Cc: Anders Larsen <al@alarsen.net>
Cc: Phillip Lougher <phillip@squashfs.org.uk>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Mikulas Patocka <mikulas@artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz>
Cc: Petr Vandrovec <petr@vandrovec.name>
Cc: xfs@oss.sgi.com
Cc: linux-btrfs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: samba-technical@lists.samba.org
Cc: codalist@coda.cs.cmu.edu
Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-f2fs-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: fuse-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: cluster-devel@redhat.com
Cc: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
Cc: jfs-discussion@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-nilfs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-ntfs-dev@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
Cc: reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org


# 807612db 30-Jan-2014 Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>

fs/super.c: sync ro remount after blocking writers

Move sync_filesystem() after sb_prepare_remount_readonly(). If writers
sneak in anywhere from sync_filesystem() to sb_prepare_remount_readonly()
it can cause inodes to be dirtied and writeback to occur well after
sys_mount() has completely successfully.

This was spotted by corrupted ubifs filesystems on reboot, but appears
that it can cause issues with any filesystem using writeback.

Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
CC: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Co-authored-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b5bd856a 21-Jan-2014 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>

fs/super.c: fix WARN on alloc_super() fail path

On fail path alloc_super() calls destroy_super(), which issues a warning
if the sb's s_mounts list is not empty, in particular if it has not been
initialized. That said s_mounts must be initialized in alloc_super()
before any possible failure, but currently it is initialized close to
the end of the function leading to a useless warning dumped to log if
either percpu_counter_init() or list_lru_init() fails. Let's fix this.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# eee5cc27 04-Oct-2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

get rid of s_files and files_lock

The only thing we need it for is alt-sysrq-r (emergency remount r/o)
and these days we can do just as well without going through the
list of files.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# e2fec7c3 04-Oct-2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

make freeing super_block rcu-delayed

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 7eb5e882 01-Oct-2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

uninline destroy_super(), consolidate alloc_super()

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c2d22ecd 01-Oct-2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

fs/super.c: fix lru_list leak for real

Freeing ->s_{inode,dentry}_lru in deactivate_locked_super() is wrong;
the right place is destroy_super(). As it is, we leak them if sget()
decides that new superblock it has allocated (and never shown to
anybody) isn't needed and should be freed.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# f5e1dd34 27-Aug-2013 Glauber Costa <glommer@gmail.com>

super: fix for destroy lrus

This patch adds the missing call to list_lru_destroy (spotted by Li Zhong)
and moves the deletion to after the shrinker is unregistered, as correctly
spotted by Dave

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 5ca302c8 27-Aug-2013 Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>

list_lru: dynamically adjust node arrays

We currently use a compile-time constant to size the node array for the
list_lru structure. Due to this, we don't need to allocate any memory at
initialization time. But as a consequence, the structures that contain
embedded list_lru lists can become way too big (the superblock for
instance contains two of them).

This patch aims at ameliorating this situation by dynamically allocating
the node arrays with the firmware provided nr_node_ids.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Cc: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <koverstreet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 9b17c623 27-Aug-2013 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

fs: convert inode and dentry shrinking to be node aware

Now that the shrinker is passing a node in the scan control structure, we
can pass this to the the generic LRU list code to isolate reclaim to the
lists on matching nodes.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Cc: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <koverstreet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# f6041567 27-Aug-2013 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

dcache: convert to use new lru list infrastructure

[glommer@openvz.org: don't reintroduce double decrement of nr_unused_dentries, adapted for new LRU return codes]
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Cc: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <koverstreet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# bc3b14cb 27-Aug-2013 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

inode: convert inode lru list to generic lru list code.

[glommer@openvz.org: adapted for new LRU return codes]
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Cc: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <koverstreet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 0a234c6d 27-Aug-2013 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

shrinker: convert superblock shrinkers to new API

Convert superblock shrinker to use the new count/scan API, and propagate
the API changes through to the filesystem callouts. The filesystem
callouts already use a count/scan API, so it's just changing counters to
longs to match the VM API.

This requires the dentry and inode shrinker callouts to be converted to
the count/scan API. This is mainly a mechanical change.

[glommer@openvz.org: use mult_frac for fractional proportions, build fixes]
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Cc: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <koverstreet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 19156840 27-Aug-2013 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

dentry: move to per-sb LRU locks

With the dentry LRUs being per-sb structures, there is no real need for
a global dentry_lru_lock. The locking can be made more fine-grained by
moving to a per-sb LRU lock, isolating the LRU operations of different
filesytsems completely from each other. The need for this is independent
of any performance consideration that may arise: in the interest of
abstracting the lru operations away, it is mandatory that each lru works
around its own lock instead of a global lock for all of them.

[glommer@openvz.org: updated changelog ]
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Cc: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <koverstreet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 55f841ce 27-Aug-2013 Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>

super: fix calculation of shrinkable objects for small numbers

The sysctl knob sysctl_vfs_cache_pressure is used to determine which
percentage of the shrinkable objects in our cache we should actively try
to shrink.

It works great in situations in which we have many objects (at least more
than 100), because the aproximation errors will be negligible. But if
this is not the case, specially when total_objects < 100, we may end up
concluding that we have no objects at all (total / 100 = 0, if total <
100).

This is certainly not the biggest killer in the world, but may matter in
very low kernel memory situations.

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arve Hjønnevåg <arve@android.com>
Cc: Carlos Maiolino <cmaiolino@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kent Overstreet <koverstreet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# d0407903 19-Jul-2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

prune_super(): sb->s_op is never NULL

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 7b7a8665 04-Sep-2013 Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>

direct-io: Implement generic deferred AIO completions

Add support to the core direct-io code to defer AIO completions to user
context using a workqueue. This replaces opencoded and less efficient
code in XFS and ext4 (we save a memory allocation for each direct IO)
and will be needed to properly support O_(D)SYNC for AIO.

The communication between the filesystem and the direct I/O code requires
a new buffer head flag, which is a bit ugly but not avoidable until the
direct I/O code stops abusing the buffer_head structure for communicating
with the filesystems.

Currently this creates a per-superblock unbound workqueue for these
completions, which is taken from an earlier patch by Jan Kara. I'm
not really convinced about this use and would prefer a "normal" global
workqueue with a high concurrency limit, but this needs further discussion.

JK: Fixed ext4 part, dynamic allocation of the workqueue.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# acfec9a5 19-Jul-2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

livelock avoidance in sget()

Eric Sandeen has found a nasty livelock in sget() - take a mount(2) about
to fail. The superblock is on ->fs_supers, ->s_umount is held exclusive,
->s_active is 1. Along comes two more processes, trying to mount the same
thing; sget() in each is picking that superblock, bumping ->s_count and
trying to grab ->s_umount. ->s_active is 3 now. Original mount(2)
finally gets to deactivate_locked_super() on failure; ->s_active is 2,
superblock is still ->fs_supers because shutdown will *not* happen until
->s_active hits 0. ->s_umount is dropped and now we have two processes
chasing each other:
s_active = 2, A acquired ->s_umount, B blocked
A sees that the damn thing is stillborn, does deactivate_locked_super()
s_active = 1, A drops ->s_umount, B gets it
A restarts the search and finds the same superblock. And bumps it ->s_active.
s_active = 2, B holds ->s_umount, A blocked on trying to get it
... and we are in the earlier situation with A and B switched places.

The root cause, of course, is that ->s_active should not grow until we'd
got MS_BORN. Then failing ->mount() will have deactivate_locked_super()
shut the damn thing down. Fortunately, it's easy to do - the key point
is that grab_super() is called only for superblocks currently on ->fs_supers,
so it can bump ->s_count and grab ->s_umount first, then check MS_BORN and
bump ->s_active; we must never increment ->s_count for superblocks past
->kill_sb(), but grab_super() is never called for those.

The bug is pretty old; we would've caught it by now, if not for accidental
exclusion between sget() for block filesystems; the things like cgroup or
e.g. mtd-based filesystems don't have anything of that sort, so they get
bitten. The right way to deal with that is obviously to fix sget()...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b67bfe0d 27-Feb-2013 Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>

hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators

I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived

list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)

The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:

hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)

Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.

Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:

- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.

The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:

@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;

type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@

-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# e8c8d1bc 27-Feb-2013 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>

idr: remove MAX_IDR_MASK and move left MAX_IDR_* into idr.c

MAX_IDR_MASK is another weirdness in the idr interface. As idr covers
whole positive integer range, it's defined as 0x7fffffff or INT_MAX.

Its usage in idr_find(), idr_replace() and idr_remove() is bizarre.
They basically mask off the sign bit and operate on the rest, so if
the caller, by accident, passes in a negative number, the sign bit
will be masked off and the remaining part will be used as if that was
the input, which is worse than crashing.

The constant is visible in idr.h and there are several users in the
kernel.

* drivers/i2c/i2c-core.c:i2c_add_numbered_adapter()

Basically used to test if adap->nr is a negative number which isn't
-1 and returns -EINVAL if so. idr_alloc() already has negative
@start checking (w/ WARN_ON_ONCE), so this can go away.

* drivers/infiniband/core/cm.c:cm_alloc_id()
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/cm.c:id_map_alloc()

Used to wrap cyclic @start. Can be replaced with max(next, 0).
Note that this type of cyclic allocation using idr is buggy. These
are prone to spurious -ENOSPC failure after the first wraparound.

* fs/super.c:get_anon_bdev()

The ID allocated from ida is masked off before being tested whether
it's inside valid range. ida allocated ID can never be a negative
number and the masking is unnecessary.

Update idr_*() functions to fail with -EINVAL when negative @id is
specified and update other MAX_IDR_MASK users as described above.

This leaves MAX_IDR_MASK without any user, remove it and relocate
other MAX_IDR_* constants to lib/idr.c.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@kernel.org>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Cc: "Marciniszyn, Mike" <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Cc: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Cc: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Wolfram Sang <wolfram@the-dreams.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 8e22cc88 05-Oct-2012 Marco Stornelli <marco.stornelli@gmail.com>

vfs: drop lock/unlock super

Removed s_lock from super_block and removed lock/unlock super.

Signed-off-by: Marco Stornelli <marco.stornelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 125c4c70 04-Oct-2012 Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>

idr: rename MAX_LEVEL to MAX_IDR_LEVEL

To avoid name conflicts:

drivers/video/riva/fbdev.c:281:9: sparse: preprocessor token MAX_LEVEL redefined

While at it, also make the other names more consistent and add
parentheses.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: repair fallout]
[sfr@canb.auug.org.au: IB/mlx4: fix for MAX_ID_MASK to MAX_IDR_MASK name change]
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Bernd Petrovitsch <bernd@petrovitsch.priv.at>
Cc: walter harms <wharms@bfs.de>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 8c0a8537 25-Sep-2012 Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>

fs: push rcu_barrier() from deactivate_locked_super() to filesystems

There's no reason to call rcu_barrier() on every
deactivate_locked_super(). We only need to make sure that all delayed rcu
free inodes are flushed before we destroy related cache.

Removing rcu_barrier() from deactivate_locked_super() affects some fast
paths. E.g. on my machine exit_group() of a last process in IPC
namespace takes 0.07538s. rcu_barrier() takes 0.05188s of that time.

Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# f0cd2dbb 25-Jul-2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>

vfs: kill write_super and sync_supers

Finally we can kill the 'sync_supers' kernel thread along with the
'->write_super()' superblock operation because all the users are gone.
Now every file-system is supposed to self-manage own superblock and
its dirty state.

The nice thing about killing this thread is that it improves power management.
Indeed, 'sync_supers' is a source of monotonic system wake-ups - it woke up
every 5 seconds no matter what - even if there were no dirty superblocks and
even if there were no file-systems using this service (e.g., btrfs and
journalled ext4 do not need it). So it was wasting power most of the time. And
because the thread was in the core of the kernel, all systems had to have it.
So I am quite happy to make it go away.

Interestingly, this thread is a left-over from the pdflush kernel thread which
was a self-forking kernel thread responsible for all the write-back in old
Linux kernels. It was turned into per-block device BDI threads, and
'sync_supers' was a left-over. Thus, R.I.P, pdflush as well.

Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 8e125cd8 31-Jul-2012 Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>

vmscan: remove obsolete shrink_control comment

09f363c7 ("vmscan: fix shrinker callback bug in fs/super.c") fixed a
shrinker callback which was returning -1 when nr_to_scan is zero, which
caused excessive slab scanning. But 635697c6 ("vmscan: fix initial
shrinker size handling") fixed the problem, again so we can freely return
-1 although nr_to_scan is zero. So let's revert 09f363c7 because the
comment added in 09f363c7 made an unnecessary rule.

Signed-off-by: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# d9c95bdd 12-Jun-2012 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Remove old freezing mechanism

Now that all users are converted, we can remove functions, variables, and
constants defined by the old freezing mechanism.

BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421
Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 5accdf82 12-Jun-2012 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

fs: Improve filesystem freezing handling

vfs_check_frozen() tests are racy since the filesystem can be frozen just after
the test is performed. Thus in write paths we can end up marking some pages or
inodes dirty even though the file system is already frozen. This creates
problems with flusher thread hanging on frozen filesystem.

Another problem is that exclusion between ->page_mkwrite() and filesystem
freezing has been handled by setting page dirty and then verifying s_frozen.
This guaranteed that either the freezing code sees the faulted page, writes it,
and writeprotects it again or we see s_frozen set and bail out of page fault.
This works to protect from page being marked writeable while filesystem
freezing is running but has an unpleasant artefact of leaving dirty (although
unmodified and writeprotected) pages on frozen filesystem resulting in similar
problems with flusher thread as the first problem.

This patch aims at providing exclusion between write paths and filesystem
freezing. We implement a writer-freeze read-write semaphore in the superblock.
Actually, there are three such semaphores because of lock ranking reasons - one
for page fault handlers (->page_mkwrite), one for all other writers, and one of
internal filesystem purposes (used e.g. to track running transactions). Write
paths which should block freezing (e.g. directory operations, ->aio_write(),
->page_mkwrite) hold reader side of the semaphore. Code freezing the filesystem
takes the writer side.

Only that we don't really want to bounce cachelines of the semaphores between
CPUs for each write happening. So we implement the reader side of the semaphore
as a per-cpu counter and the writer side is implemented using s_writers.frozen
superblock field.

[AV: microoptimize sb_start_write(); we want it fast in normal case]

BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/897421
Tested-by: Kamal Mostafa <kamal@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Peter M. Petrakis <peter.petrakis@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Massimo Morana <massimo.morana@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 9249e17f 24-Jun-2012 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

VFS: Pass mount flags to sget()

Pass mount flags to sget() so that it can use them in initialising a new
superblock before the set function is called. They could also be passed to the
compare function.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 331cbdee 08-Jun-2012 Wanpeng Li <liwp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>

writeback: Fix some comment errors

Signed-off-by: Wanpeng Li <liwp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>


# 630d9c47 16-Nov-2011 Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>

fs: reduce the use of module.h wherever possible

For files only using THIS_MODULE and/or EXPORT_SYMBOL, map
them onto including export.h -- or if the file isn't even
using those, then just delete the include. Fix up any implicit
include dependencies that were being masked by module.h along
the way.

Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>


# 6b6dc836 10-Feb-2012 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Provide function to get superblock and wait for it to thaw

In quota code we need to find a superblock corresponding to a device and wait
for superblock to be unfrozen. However this waiting has to happen without
s_umount semaphore because that is required for superblock to thaw. So provide
a function in VFS for this to keep dances with s_umount where they belong.

[AV: implementation switched to saner variant]

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 40401530 12-Feb-2012 Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk>

security: trim security.h

Trim security.h

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>


# 3167760f 21-Sep-2011 Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>

mm: cleancache: s/flush/invalidate/

Per akpm suggestions alter the use of the term flush to be
invalidate. The next patch will do this across all MM.

This change is completely cosmetic.

[v9: akpm@linux-foundation.org: change "flush" to "invalidate", part 3]

Signed-off-by: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>
Cc: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jan Beulich <JBeulich@novell.com>
Reviewed-by: Seth Jennings <sjenning@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Cc: Rik Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
[v10: Fixed fs: move code out of buffer.c conflict change]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>


# e1616300 01-Dec-2011 Kazuya Mio <k-mio@sx.jp.nec.com>

wake up s_wait_unfrozen when ->freeze_fs fails

dd slept infinitely when fsfeeze failed because of EIO.
To fix this problem, if ->freeze_fs fails, freeze_super() wakes up
the tasks waiting for the filesystem to become unfrozen.

When s_frozen isn't SB_UNFROZEN in __generic_file_aio_write(),
the function sleeps until FITHAW ioctl wakes up s_wait_unfrozen.

However, if ->freeze_fs fails, s_frozen is set to SB_UNFROZEN and then
freeze_super() returns an error number. In this case, FITHAW ioctl returns
EINVAL because s_frozen is already SB_UNFROZEN. There is no way to wake up
s_wait_unfrozen, so __generic_file_aio_write() sleeps infinitely.

Signed-off-by: Kazuya Mio <k-mio@sx.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 8e8b8796 20-Nov-2011 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>

vfs: prevent remount read-only if pending removes

If there are any inodes on the super block that have been unlinked
(i_nlink == 0) but have not yet been deleted then prevent the
remounting the super block read-only.

Reported-by: Toshiyuki Okajima <toshi.okajima@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Toshiyuki Okajima <toshi.okajima@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 4ed5e82f 20-Nov-2011 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>

vfs: protect remounting superblock read-only

Currently remouting superblock read-only is racy in a major way.

With the per mount read-only infrastructure it is now possible to
prevent most races, which this patch attempts.

Before starting the remount read-only, iterate through all mounts
belonging to the superblock and if none of them have any pending
writes, set sb->s_readonly_remount. This indicates that remount is in
progress and no further write requests are allowed. If the remount
succeeds set MS_RDONLY and reset s_readonly_remount.

If the remounting is unsuccessful just reset s_readonly_remount.
This can result in transient EROFS errors, despite the fact the
remount failed. Unfortunately hodling off writes is difficult as
remount itself may touch the filesystem (e.g. through load_nls())
which would deadlock.

A later patch deals with delayed writes due to nlink going to zero.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Toshiyuki Okajima <toshi.okajima@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 39f7c4db 20-Nov-2011 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>

vfs: keep list of mounts for each superblock

Keep track of vfsmounts belonging to a superblock. List is protected
by vfsmount_lock.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Toshiyuki Okajima <toshi.okajima@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# dabe0dc1 03-Jan-2012 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

vfs: fix the rest of sget() races

unfortunately, just checking MS_BORN after having grabbed ->s_umount in
sget() is not enough; places that pick superblock from a list and
grab s_umount shared need the same check in addition to checking for
->s_root; otherwise three-way race between failing mount, sget() and
such list-walker can leave us with list-walker coming *second*, when
temporary active ref grabbed by sget() (to be dropped when sget()
notices that original mount has failed by checking MS_BORN) has
lead to deactivate_locked_super() from failing ->mount() *not* doing
->kill_sb() and just releasing ->s_umount. Once sget() gets through
and notices that MS_BORN had never been set it will drop the active
ref and fs will be shut down and kicked out of all lists, but it's
too late for something like sync_supers().

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a5166169 12-Dec-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

vfs: convert fs_supers to hlist

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# f47ec3f2 21-Nov-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

trim fs/internal.h

some stuff in there can actually become static; some belongs to pnode.h
as it's a private interface between namespace.c and pnode.c...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 2833eb2b 28-Oct-2011 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>

vfs: ignore error on forced remount

On emergency remount we want to force MS_RDONLY on the super block
even if ->remount_fs() failed for some reason.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Toshiyuki Okajima <toshi.okajima@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>


# 09f363c7 31-Oct-2011 Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>

vmscan: fix shrinker callback bug in fs/super.c

The callback must not return -1 when nr_to_scan is zero. Fix the bug in
fs/super.c and add this requirement to the callback specification.

Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 8ab47664 07-Jul-2011 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

vfs: increase shrinker batch size

Now that the per-sb shrinker is responsible for shrinking 2 or more
caches, increase the batch size to keep econmies of scale for
shrinking each cache. Increase the shrinker batch size to 1024
objects.

To allow for a large increase in batch size, add a conditional
reschedule to prune_icache_sb() so that we don't hold the LRU spin
lock for too long. This mirrors the behaviour of the
__shrink_dcache_sb(), and allows us to increase the batch size
without needing to worry about problems caused by long lock hold
times.

To ensure that filesystems using the per-sb shrinker callouts don't
cause problems, document that the object freeing method must
reschedule appropriately inside loops.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 0e1fdafd 07-Jul-2011 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

superblock: add filesystem shrinker operations

Now we have a per-superblock shrinker implementation, we can add a
filesystem specific callout to it to allow filesystem internal
caches to be shrunk by the superblock shrinker.

Rather than perpetuate the multipurpose shrinker callback API (i.e.
nr_to_scan == 0 meaning "tell me how many objects freeable in the
cache), two operations will be added. The first will return the
number of objects that are freeable, the second is the actual
shrinker call.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b0d40c92 07-Jul-2011 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

superblock: introduce per-sb cache shrinker infrastructure

With context based shrinkers, we can implement a per-superblock
shrinker that shrinks the caches attached to the superblock. We
currently have global shrinkers for the inode and dentry caches that
split up into per-superblock operations via a coarse proportioning
method that does not batch very well. The global shrinkers also
have a dependency - dentries pin inodes - so we have to be very
careful about how we register the global shrinkers so that the
implicit call order is always correct.

With a per-sb shrinker callout, we can encode this dependency
directly into the per-sb shrinker, hence avoiding the need for
strictly ordering shrinker registrations. We also have no need for
any proportioning code for the shrinker subsystem already provides
this functionality across all shrinkers. Allowing the shrinker to
operate on a single superblock at a time means that we do less
superblock list traversals and locking and reclaim should batch more
effectively. This should result in less CPU overhead for reclaim and
potentially faster reclaim of items from each filesystem.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 12ad3ab6 07-Jul-2011 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

superblock: move pin_sb_for_writeback() to fs/super.c

The per-sb shrinker has the same requirement as the writeback
threads of ensuring that the superblock is usable and pinned for the
time it takes to run the work. Both need to take a passive reference
to the sb, take a read lock on the s_umount lock and then only
continue if an unmount is not in progress.

pin_sb_for_writeback() does this exactly, so move it to fs/super.c
and rename it to grab_super_passive() and exporting it via
fs/internal.h for all the VFS code to be able to use.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 09cc9fc7 07-Jul-2011 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

inode: move to per-sb LRU locks

With the inode LRUs moving to per-sb structures, there is no longer
a need for a global inode_lru_lock. The locking can be made more
fine-grained by moving to a per-sb LRU lock, isolating the LRU
operations of different filesytsems completely from each other.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 98b745c6 07-Jul-2011 Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>

inode: Make unused inode LRU per superblock

The inode unused list is currently a global LRU. This does not match
the other global filesystem cache - the dentry cache - which uses
per-superblock LRU lists. Hence we have related filesystem object
types using different LRU reclaimation schemes.

To enable a per-superblock filesystem cache shrinker, both of these
caches need to have per-sb unused object LRU lists. Hence this patch
converts the global inode LRU to per-sb LRUs.

The patch only does rudimentary per-sb propotioning in the shrinker
infrastructure, as this gets removed when the per-sb shrinker
callouts are introduced later on.

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 0ee5dc67 07-Jul-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

btrfs: kill magical embedded struct superblock

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 43e15cdb 03-Jun-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

new helper: iterate_supers_type()

Call the given function for all superblocks of given type. Function
gets a superblock (with s_umount locked shared) and (void *) argument
supplied by caller of iterator.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 4aede84b 12-Jul-2011 Justin TerAvest <teravest@google.com>

fixlet: Remove fs_excl from struct task.

fs_excl is a poor man's priority inheritance for filesystems to hint to
the block layer that an operation is important. It was never clearly
specified, not widely adopted, and will not prevent starvation in many
cases (like across cgroups).

fs_excl was introduced with the time sliced CFQ IO scheduler, to
indicate when a process held FS exclusive resources and thus needed
a boost.

It doesn't cover all file systems, and it was never fully complete.
Lets kill it.

Signed-off-by: Justin TerAvest <teravest@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>


# 9e1f1de0 03-Jun-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

more conservative S_NOSEC handling

Caching "we have already removed suid/caps" was overenthusiastic as merged.
On network filesystems we might have had suid/caps set on another client,
silently picked by this client on revalidate, all of that *without* clearing
the S_NOSEC flag.

AFAICS, the only reasonably sane way to deal with that is
* new superblock flag; unless set, S_NOSEC is not going to be set.
* local block filesystems set it in their ->mount() (more accurately,
mount_bdev() does, so does btrfs ->mount(), users of mount_bdev() other than
local block ones clear it)
* if any network filesystem (or a cluster one) wants to use S_NOSEC,
it'll need to set MS_NOSEC in sb->s_flags *AND* take care to clear S_NOSEC when
inode attribute changes are picked from other clients.

It's not an earth-shattering hole (anybody that can set suid on another client
will almost certainly be able to write to the file before doing that anyway),
but it's a bug that needs fixing.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c515e1fd 26-May-2011 Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>

mm/fs: add hooks to support cleancache

This fourth patch of eight in this cleancache series provides the
core hooks in VFS for: initializing cleancache per filesystem;
capturing clean pages reclaimed by page cache; attempting to get
pages from cleancache before filesystem read; and ensuring coherency
between pagecache, disk, and cleancache. Note that the placement
of these hooks was stable from 2.6.18 to 2.6.38; a minor semantic
change was required due to a patchset in 2.6.39.

All hooks become no-ops if CONFIG_CLEANCACHE is unset, or become
a check of a boolean global if CONFIG_CLEANCACHE is set but no
cleancache "backend" has claimed cleancache_ops.

Details and a FAQ can be found in Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt

[v8: minchan.kim@gmail.com: adapt to new remove_from_page_cache function]
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
Cc: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Rik Van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Jan Beulich <JBeulich@novell.com>
Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger@sun.com>
Cc: Ted Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
Cc: Joel Becker <joel.becker@oracle.com>
Cc: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org>


# 4358b567 29-Mar-2011 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>

VFS: trivial: fix comment on s_maxbytes value warning check

I originally intended to remove this warning in 2.6.34, but it's not in
a high performance codepath and might help us to catch bugs later. Let's
keep it, but fix the comment to allay confusion about its removal.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>


# 9d412a43 17-Mar-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

vfs: split off vfsmount-related parts of vfs_kern_mount()

new function: mount_fs(). Does all work done by vfs_kern_mount()
except the allocation and filling of vfsmount; returns root dentry
or ERR_PTR().

vfs_kern_mount() switched to using it and taken to fs/namespace.c,
along with its wrappers.

alloc_vfsmnt()/free_vfsmnt() made static.

functions in namespace.c slightly reordered.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 95f28604 17-Mar-2011 Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>

fs: assign sb->s_bdi to default_backing_dev_info if the bdi is going away

We don't have proper reference counting for this yet, so we run into
cases where the device is pulled and we OOPS on flushing the fs data.
This happens even though the dirty inodes have already been
migrated to the default_backing_dev_info.

Reported-by: Torsten Hilbrich <torsten.hilbrich@secunet.com>
Tested-by: Torsten Hilbrich <torsten.hilbrich@secunet.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>


# 1a102ff9 16-Mar-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

vfs: bury ->get_sb()

This is an ex-parrot.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# d863b50a 10-Feb-2011 Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>

vfs: call rcu_barrier after ->kill_sb()

In commit fa0d7e3de6d6 ("fs: icache RCU free inodes"), we use rcu free
inode instead of freeing the inode directly. It causes a crash when we
rmmod immediately after we umount the volume[1].

So we need to call rcu_barrier after we kill_sb so that the inode is
freed before we do rmmod. The idea is inspired by Aneesh Kumar.
rcu_barrier will wait for all callbacks to end before preceding. The
original patch was done by Tao Ma, but synchronize_rcu() is not enough
here.

1. http://marc.info/?l=linux-fsdevel&m=129680863330185&w=2

Tested-by: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# f03c6599 14-Jan-2011 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

sanitize vfsmount refcounting changes

Instead of splitting refcount between (per-cpu) mnt_count
and (SMP-only) mnt_longrefs, make all references contribute
to mnt_count again and keep track of how many are longterm
ones.

Accounting rules for longterm count:
* 1 for each fs_struct.root.mnt
* 1 for each fs_struct.pwd.mnt
* 1 for having non-NULL ->mnt_ns
* decrement to 0 happens only under vfsmount lock exclusive

That allows nice common case for mntput() - since we can't drop the
final reference until after mnt_longterm has reached 0 due to the rules
above, mntput() can grab vfsmount lock shared and check mnt_longterm.
If it turns out to be non-zero (which is the common case), we know
that this is not the final mntput() and can just blindly decrement
percpu mnt_count. Otherwise we grab vfsmount lock exclusive and
do usual decrement-and-check of percpu mnt_count.

For fs_struct.c we have mnt_make_longterm() and mnt_make_shortterm();
namespace.c uses the latter in places where we don't already hold
vfsmount lock exclusive and opencodes a few remaining spots where
we need to manipulate mnt_longterm.

Note that we mostly revert the code outside of fs/namespace.c back
to what we used to have; in particular, normal code doesn't need
to care about two kinds of references, etc. And we get to keep
the optimization Nick's variant had bought us...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b3e19d92 06-Jan-2011 Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>

fs: scale mntget/mntput

The problem that this patch aims to fix is vfsmount refcounting scalability.
We need to take a reference on the vfsmount for every successful path lookup,
which often go to the same mount point.

The fundamental difficulty is that a "simple" reference count can never be made
scalable, because any time a reference is dropped, we must check whether that
was the last reference. To do that requires communication with all other CPUs
that may have taken a reference count.

We can make refcounts more scalable in a couple of ways, involving keeping
distributed counters, and checking for the global-zero condition less
frequently.

- check the global sum once every interval (this will delay zero detection
for some interval, so it's probably a showstopper for vfsmounts).

- keep a local count and only taking the global sum when local reaches 0 (this
is difficult for vfsmounts, because we can't hold preempt off for the life of
a reference, so a counter would need to be per-thread or tied strongly to a
particular CPU which requires more locking).

- keep a local difference of increments and decrements, which allows us to sum
the total difference and hence find the refcount when summing all CPUs. Then,
keep a single integer "long" refcount for slow and long lasting references,
and only take the global sum of local counters when the long refcount is 0.

This last scheme is what I implemented here. Attached mounts and process root
and working directory references are "long" references, and everything else is
a short reference.

This allows scalable vfsmount references during path walking over mounted
subtrees and unattached (lazy umounted) mounts with processes still running
in them.

This results in one fewer atomic op in the fastpath: mntget is now just a
per-CPU inc, rather than an atomic inc; and mntput just requires a spinlock
and non-atomic decrement in the common case. However code is otherwise bigger
and heavier, so single threaded performance is basically a wash.

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>


# ceb5bdc2 06-Jan-2011 Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>

fs: dcache per-bucket dcache hash locking

We can turn the dcache hash locking from a global dcache_hash_lock into
per-bucket locking.

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>


# d4d77629 13-Nov-2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>

block: clean up blkdev_get() wrappers and their users

After recent blkdev_get() modifications, open_by_devnum() and
open_bdev_exclusive() are simple wrappers around blkdev_get().
Replace them with blkdev_get_by_dev() and blkdev_get_by_path().

blkdev_get_by_dev() is identical to open_by_devnum().
blkdev_get_by_path() is slightly different in that it doesn't
automatically add %FMODE_EXCL to @mode.

All users are converted. Most conversions are mechanical and don't
introduce any behavior difference. There are several exceptions.

* btrfs now sets FMODE_EXCL in btrfs_device->mode, so there's no
reason to OR it explicitly on blkdev_put().

* gfs2, nilfs2 and the generic mount_bdev() now set FMODE_EXCL in
sb->s_mode.

* With the above changes, sb->s_mode now always should contain
FMODE_EXCL. WARN_ON_ONCE() added to kill_block_super() to detect
errors.

The new blkdev_get_*() functions are with proper docbook comments.
While at it, add function description to blkdev_get() too.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Cc: Joern Engel <joern@lazybastard.org>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: KONISHI Ryusuke <konishi.ryusuke@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: xfs-masters@oss.sgi.com
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# e525fd89 13-Nov-2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>

block: make blkdev_get/put() handle exclusive access

Over time, block layer has accumulated a set of APIs dealing with bdev
open, close, claim and release.

* blkdev_get/put() are the primary open and close functions.

* bd_claim/release() deal with exclusive open.

* open/close_bdev_exclusive() are combination of open and claim and
the other way around, respectively.

* bd_link/unlink_disk_holder() to create and remove holder/slave
symlinks.

* open_by_devnum() wraps bdget() + blkdev_get().

The interface is a bit confusing and the decoupling of open and claim
makes it impossible to properly guarantee exclusive access as
in-kernel open + claim sequence can disturb the existing exclusive
open even before the block layer knows the current open if for another
exclusive access. Reorganize the interface such that,

* blkdev_get() is extended to include exclusive access management.
@holder argument is added and, if is @FMODE_EXCL specified, it will
gain exclusive access atomically w.r.t. other exclusive accesses.

* blkdev_put() is similarly extended. It now takes @mode argument and
if @FMODE_EXCL is set, it releases an exclusive access. Also, when
the last exclusive claim is released, the holder/slave symlinks are
removed automatically.

* bd_claim/release() and close_bdev_exclusive() are no longer
necessary and either made static or removed.

* bd_link_disk_holder() remains the same but bd_unlink_disk_holder()
is no longer necessary and removed.

* open_bdev_exclusive() becomes a simple wrapper around lookup_bdev()
and blkdev_get(). It also has an unexpected extra bdev_read_only()
test which probably should be moved into blkdev_get().

* open_by_devnum() is modified to take @holder argument and pass it to
blkdev_get().

Most of bdev open/close operations are unified into blkdev_get/put()
and most exclusive accesses are tested atomically at the open time (as
it should). This cleans up code and removes some, both valid and
invalid, but unnecessary all the same, corner cases.

open_bdev_exclusive() and open_by_devnum() can use further cleanup -
rename to blkdev_get_by_path() and blkdev_get_by_devt() and drop
special features. Well, let's leave them for another day.

Most conversions are straight-forward. drbd conversion is a bit more
involved as there was some reordering, but the logic should stay the
same.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Acked-by: Ryusuke Konishi <konishi.ryusuke@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Reisner <philipp.reisner@linbit.com>
Cc: Peter Osterlund <petero2@telia.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger.kernel@dilger.ca>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.com>
Cc: Joel Becker <joel.becker@oracle.com>
Cc: Alex Elder <aelder@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: dm-devel@redhat.com
Cc: drbd-dev@lists.linbit.com
Cc: Leo Chen <leochen@broadcom.com>
Cc: Scott Branden <sbranden@broadcom.com>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Cc: reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# ceefda69 26-Jul-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

switch get_sb_ns() users

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 3c26ff6e 25-Jul-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

convert get_sb_nodev() users

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# fc14f2fe 24-Jul-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

convert get_sb_single() users

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 152a0836 24-Jul-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

new helper: mount_bdev()

... and switch of the obvious get_sb_bdev() users to ->mount()

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c96e41e9 24-Jul-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

beginning of transtion: ->mount()

eventual replacement for ->get_sb() - does *not* get vfsmount,
return ERR_PTR(error) or root of subtree to be mounted.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 63997e98 25-Oct-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

split invalidate_inodes()

Pull removal of fsnotify marks into generic_shutdown_super().
Split umount-time work into a new function - evict_inodes().
Make sure that invalidate_inodes() will be able to cope with
I_FREEING once we change locking in iput().

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 6416ccb7 17-Aug-2010 Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>

fs: scale files_lock

fs: scale files_lock

Improve scalability of files_lock by adding per-cpu, per-sb files lists,
protected with an lglock. The lglock provides fast access to the per-cpu lists
to add and remove files. It also provides a snapshot of all the per-cpu lists
(although this is very slow).

One difficulty with this approach is that a file can be removed from the list
by another CPU. We must track which per-cpu list the file is on with a new
variale in the file struct (packed into a hole on 64-bit archs). Scalability
could suffer if files are frequently removed from different cpu's list.

However loads with frequent removal of files imply short interval between
adding and removing the files, and the scheduler attempts to avoid moving
processes too far away. Also, even in the case of cross-CPU removal, the
hardware has much more opportunity to parallelise cacheline transfers with N
cachelines than with 1.

A worst-case test of 1 CPU allocating files subsequently being freed by N CPUs
degenerates to contending on a single lock, which is no worse than before. When
more than one CPU are allocating files, even if they are always freed by
different CPUs, there will be more parallelism than the single-lock case.

Testing results:

On a 2 socket, 8 core opteron, I measure the number of times the lock is taken
to remove the file, the number of times it is removed by the same CPU that
added it, and the number of times it is removed by the same node that added it.

Booting: locks= 25049 cpu-hits= 23174 (92.5%) node-hits= 23945 (95.6%)
kbuild -j16 locks=2281913 cpu-hits=2208126 (96.8%) node-hits=2252674 (98.7%)
dbench 64 locks=4306582 cpu-hits=4287247 (99.6%) node-hits=4299527 (99.8%)

So a file is removed from the same CPU it was added by over 90% of the time.
It remains within the same node 95% of the time.

Tim Chen ran some numbers for a 64 thread Nehalem system performing a compile.

throughput
2.6.34-rc2 24.5
+patch 24.9

us sys idle IO wait (in %)
2.6.34-rc2 51.25 28.25 17.25 3.25
+patch 53.75 18.5 19 8.75

So significantly less CPU time spent in kernel code, higher idle time and
slightly higher throughput.

Single threaded performance difference was within the noise of microbenchmarks.
That is not to say penalty does not exist, the code is larger and more memory
accesses required so it will be slightly slower.

Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# dca33252 24-Jul-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

no need for list_for_each_entry_safe()/resetting with superblock list

just delay __put_super() a bit

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 7a4dec53 08-Aug-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Fix sget() race with failing mount

If sget() finds a matching superblock being set up, it'll
grab an active reference to it and grab s_umount. That's
fine - we'll wait for completion of foofs_get_sb() that way.
However, if said foofs_get_sb() fails we'll end up holding
the halfway-created superblock. deactivate_locked_super()
called by foofs_get_sb() will just unlock the sucker since
we are holding another active reference to it.

What we need is a way to tell if superblock has been successfully
set up. Unfortunately, neither ->s_root nor the check for
MS_ACTIVE quite fit. Cheap and easy way, suitable for backport:
new flag set by the (only) caller of ->get_sb(). If that flag
isn't present by the time sget() grabbed s_umount on preexisting
superblock it has found, it's seeing a stillborn and should
just bury it with deactivate_locked_super() (and repeat the search).

Longer term we want to set that flag in ->get_sb() instances (and
check for it to distinguish between "sget() found us a live sb"
and "sget() has allocated an sb, we need to set it up" in there,
instead of checking ->s_root as we do now).

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: stable@kernel.org


# 4f331f01 20-Jul-2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>

vfs: don't hold s_umount over close_bdev_exclusive() call

Fix an obscure AB-BA deadlock in get_sb_bdev().

When a superblock is mounted more than once get_sb_bdev() calls
close_bdev_exclusive() to drop the extra bdev reference while holding
s_umount. However, sb->s_umount nests inside bd_mutex during
__invalidate_device() and close_bdev_exclusive() acquires bd_mutex during
blkdev_put(); thus creating an AB-BA deadlock.

This condition doesn't trigger frequently. For this condition to be
visible to lockdep, the filesystem must occupy the whole device (as
__invalidate_device() only grabs bd_mutex for the whole device), the FS
must be mounted more than once and partition rescan should be issued while
the FS is still mounted.

Fix it by dropping s_umount over close_bdev_exclusive().

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Ciprian Docan <docan@eden.rutgers.edu>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 57439f87 23-Jun-2010 npiggin@suse.de <npiggin@suse.de>

fs: fix superblock iteration race

list_for_each_entry_safe is not suitable to protect against concurrent
modification of the list. 6754af6 introduced a race in sb walking.

list_for_each_entry can use the trick of pinning the current entry in
the list before we drop and retake the lock because it subsequently
follows cur->next. However list_for_each_entry_safe saves n=cur->next
for following before entering the loop body, so when the lock is
dropped, n may be deleted.

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Frank Mayhar <fmayhar@google.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 7000d3c4 24-May-2010 Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>

fs/super: fix kernel-doc warning

Fix fs/super.c kernel-doc warning and function notation:
Warning(fs/super.c:957): No description found for parameter 'sb'

Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 123e9caf 19-May-2010 Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>

quota: explicitly set ->dq_op and ->s_qcop

Only set the quota operation vectors if the filesystem actually supports
quota instead of doing it for all filesystems in alloc_super().

[Jan Kara: Export dquot_operations and vfs_quotactl_ops]

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# e0ccfd95 19-May-2010 Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>

quota: move unmount handling into the filesystem

Currently the VFS calls into the quotactl interface for unmounting
filesystems. This means filesystems with their own quota handling
can't easily distinguish between user-space originating quotaoff
and an unount. Instead move the responsibily of the unmount handling
into the filesystem to be consistent with all other dquot handling.

Note that we do call dquot_disable a lot later now, e.g. after
a sync_filesystem. But this is fine as the quota code does all its
writes via blockdev's mapping and that is synced even later.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# c79d967d 19-May-2010 Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>

quota: move remount handling into the filesystem

Currently do_remount_sb calls into the dquot code to tell it about going
from rw to ro and ro to rw. Move this code into the filesystem to
not depend on the dquot code in the VFS - note ocfs2 already ignores
these calls and handles remount by itself. This gets rid of overloading
the quotactl calls and allows to unify the VFS and XFS codepaths in
that area later.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>


# 51ee049e 27-Apr-2010 Roland Dreier <rdreier@cisco.com>

vfs: add lockdep annotation to s_vfs_rename_key for ecryptfs

> =============================================
> [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
> 2.6.31-2-generic #14~rbd3
> ---------------------------------------------
> firefox-3.5/4162 is trying to acquire lock:
> (&s->s_vfs_rename_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0
>
> but task is already holding lock:
> (&s->s_vfs_rename_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0
>
> other info that might help us debug this:
> 3 locks held by firefox-3.5/4162:
> #0: (&s->s_vfs_rename_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0
> #1: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#11/1){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d5a>] lock_rename+0x6a/0xf0
> #2: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#11/2){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81139d6f>] lock_rename+0x7f/0xf0
>
> stack backtrace:
> Pid: 4162, comm: firefox-3.5 Tainted: G C 2.6.31-2-generic #14~rbd3
> Call Trace:
> [<ffffffff8108ae74>] print_deadlock_bug+0xf4/0x100
> [<ffffffff8108ce26>] validate_chain+0x4c6/0x750
> [<ffffffff8108d2e7>] __lock_acquire+0x237/0x430
> [<ffffffff8108d585>] lock_acquire+0xa5/0x150
> [<ffffffff81139d31>] ? lock_rename+0x41/0xf0
> [<ffffffff815526ad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x3d0
> [<ffffffff81139d31>] ? lock_rename+0x41/0xf0
> [<ffffffff81139d31>] ? lock_rename+0x41/0xf0
> [<ffffffff8120eaf9>] ? ecryptfs_rename+0x99/0x170
> [<ffffffff81552b36>] mutex_lock_nested+0x46/0x60
> [<ffffffff81139d31>] lock_rename+0x41/0xf0
> [<ffffffff8120eb2a>] ecryptfs_rename+0xca/0x170
> [<ffffffff81139a9e>] vfs_rename_dir+0x13e/0x160
> [<ffffffff8113ac7e>] vfs_rename+0xee/0x290
> [<ffffffff8113c212>] ? __lookup_hash+0x102/0x160
> [<ffffffff8113d512>] sys_renameat+0x252/0x280
> [<ffffffff81133eb4>] ? cp_new_stat+0xe4/0x100
> [<ffffffff8101316a>] ? sysret_check+0x2e/0x69
> [<ffffffff8108c34d>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x14d/0x190
> [<ffffffff8113d55b>] sys_rename+0x1b/0x20
> [<ffffffff81013132>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b

The trace above is totally reproducible by doing a cross-directory
rename on an ecryptfs directory.

The issue seems to be that sys_renameat() does lock_rename() then calls
into the filesystem; if the filesystem is ecryptfs, then
ecryptfs_rename() again does lock_rename() on the lower filesystem, and
lockdep can't tell that the two s_vfs_rename_mutexes are different. It
seems an annotation like the following is sufficient to fix this (it
does get rid of the lockdep trace in my simple tests); however I would
like to make sure I'm not misunderstanding the locking, hence the CC
list...

Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rdreier@cisco.com>
Cc: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Dustin Kirkland <kirkland@canonical.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 18e9e510 23-Mar-2010 Josef Bacik <josef@redhat.com>

Introduce freeze_super and thaw_super for the fsfreeze ioctl

Currently the way we do freezing is by passing sb>s_bdev to freeze_bdev and then
letting it do all the work. But freezing is more of an fs thing, and doesn't
really have much to do with the bdev at all, all the work gets done with the
super. In btrfs we do not populate s_bdev, since we can have multiple bdev's
for one fs and setting s_bdev makes removing devices from a pool kind of tricky.
This means that freezing a btrfs filesystem fails, which causes us to corrupt
with things like tux-on-ice which use the fsfreeze mechanism. So instead of
populating sb->s_bdev with a random bdev in our pool, I've broken the actual fs
freezing stuff into freeze_super and thaw_super. These just take the
super_block that we're freezing and does the appropriate work. It's basically
just copy and pasted from freeze_bdev. I've then converted freeze_bdev over to
use the new super helpers. I've tested this with ext4 and btrfs and verified
everything continues to work the same as before.

The only new gotcha is multiple calls to the fsfreeze ioctl will return EBUSY if
the fs is already frozen. I thought this was a better solution than adding a
freeze counter to the super_block, but if everybody hates this idea I'm open to
suggestions. Thanks,

Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <josef@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# e1e46bf1 23-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Trim includes in fs/super.c

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# d3f21473 23-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Move grabbing s_umount to callers of grab_super()

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 7ed1ee61 23-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Take statfs variants to fs/statfs.c

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 01a05b33 23-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

new helper: iterate_supers()

... and switch the simple "loop over superblocks and do something"
loops to it.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 35cf7ba0 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Bury __put_super_and_need_restart()

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# df40c01a 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

In get_super() and user_get_super() restarts are unconditional

If superblock had been still alive, we would've returned it...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 1494583d 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

fix get_active_super()/umount() race

This one needs restarts...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# e7fe0585 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

fix do_emergency_remount()/umount() races

need list_for_each_entry_safe() here. Original didn't even
have restart logics, so if you race with umount() it blew up.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 6754af64 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Convert simple loops over superblocks to list_for_each_entry_safe

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 8edd64bd 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

get rid of restarts in sync_filesystems()

At the same time we can kill s_need_restart and local mutex in there.
__put_super() made public for a while; will be gone later.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 551de6f3 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Leave superblocks on s_list until the end

We used to remove from s_list and s_instances at the same
time. So let's *not* do the former and skip superblocks
that have empty s_instances in the loops over s_list.

The next step, of course, will be to get rid of rescan logics
in those loops.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 1712ac8f 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Saner locking around deactivate_super()

Make sure that s_umount is acquired *before* we drop the final
active reference; we still have the fast path (atomic_dec_unless)
and we have gotten rid of the window between the moment when
s_active hits zero and s_umount is acquired. Which simplifies
the living hell out of grab_super() and inotify pin_to_kill()
stuff.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b20bd1a5 22-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

get rid of S_BIAS

use atomic_inc_not_zero(&sb->s_active) instead of playing games with
checking ->s_count > S_BIAS

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 389b8be6 21-Mar-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

get rid of open-coded grab_super() in get_active_super()

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a135aa2c 01-Feb-2010 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

remove incorrect comment in do_emergency_remount

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c2c4986e 20-May-2010 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>

writeback: fix problem with !CONFIG_BLOCK compilation

When CONFIG_BLOCK isn't enabled:

mm/page-writeback.c: In function 'laptop_mode_timer_fn':
mm/page-writeback.c:708: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type
mm/page-writeback.c:709: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type

Fix this by essentially eliminating the laptop sync handlers when
CONFIG_BLOCK isn't set, as most are only used from the block layer code.
The exception is laptop_sync_completion() which is used from sys_sync(),
make that an empty declaration in that case.

Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>


# 5477d0fa 29-Apr-2010 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>

fs: fs/super.c needs to include backing-dev.h for !CONFIG_BLOCK

When CONFIG_BLOCK is set, it ends up getting backing-dev.h included.
But for !CONFIG_BLOCK, it isn't so lucky. The proper thing to do is
include <linux/backing-dev.h> directly from the file it's used from,
so do that.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>


# 5129a469 25-Apr-2010 Jörn Engel <joern@logfs.org>

Catch filesystems lacking s_bdi

noop_backing_dev_info is used only as a flag to mark filesystems that
don't have any backing store, like tmpfs, procfs, spufs, etc.

Signed-off-by: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>

Changed the BUG_ON() to a WARN_ON(). Note that adding dirty inodes
to the noop_backing_dev_info is not legal and will not result in
them being flushed, but we already catch this condition in
__mark_inode_dirty() when checking for a registered bdi.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>


# 8089352a 05-Feb-2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Mirror MS_KERNMOUNT in ->mnt_flags

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# d208bbdd 21-Dec-2009 Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>

fs: improve remount,ro vs buffercache coherency

Invalidate sb->s_bdev on remount,ro.

Fixes a problem reported by Jorge Boncompte who is seeing corruption
trying to snapshot a minix filesystem image. Some filesystems modify
their metadata via a path other than the bdev buffer cache (eg. they may
use a private linear mapping for their metadata, or implement directories
in pagecache, etc). Also, file data modifications usually go to the bdev
via their own mappings.

These updates are not coherent with buffercache IO (eg. via /dev/bdev)
and never have been. However there could be a reasonable expectation that
after a mount -oremount,ro operation then the buffercache should
subsequently be coherent with previous filesystem modifications.

So invalidate the bdev mappings on a remount,ro operation to provide a
coherency point.

The problem was exposed when we switched the old rd to brd because old rd
didn't really function like a normal block device and updates to rd via
mappings other than the buffercache would still end up going into its
buffercache. But the same problem has always affected other "normal"
block devices, including loop.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: repair comment layout]
Reported-by: "Jorge Boncompte [DTI2]" <jorge@dti2.net>
Tested-by: "Jorge Boncompte [DTI2]" <jorge@dti2.net>
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 9329d1be 18-Dec-2009 Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>

vfs: get_sb_single() - do not pass options twice

Filesystem code usually destroys the option buffer while
parsing it. This leads to errors when the same buffer is
passed twice. In case we fill a new superblock do not call
remount.

This is needed to quite a warning that the debugfs code
causes every boot.

Cc: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>


# 4504230a 03-Aug-2009 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

freeze_bdev: grab active reference to frozen superblocks

Currently we held s_umount while a filesystem is frozen, despite that we
might return to userspace and unlock it from a different process. Instead
grab an active reference to keep the file system busy and add an explicit
check for frozen filesystems in remount and reject the remount instead
of blocking on s_umount.

Add a new get_active_super helper to super.c for use by freeze_bdev that
grabs an active reference to a superblock from a given block device.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 4fadd7bb 03-Aug-2009 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

freeze_bdev: kill bd_mount_sem

Now that we have the freeze count there is not much reason for bd_mount_sem
anymore. The actual freeze/thaw operations are serialized using the
bd_fsfreeze_mutex, and the only other place we take bd_mount_sem is
get_sb_bdev which tries to prevent mounting a filesystem while the block
device is frozen. Instead of add a check for bd_fsfreeze_count and
return -EBUSY if a filesystem is frozen. While that is a change in user
visible behaviour a failing mount is much better for this case rather
than having the mount process stuck uninterruptible for a long time.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 42cb56ae 18-Sep-2009 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>

vfs: change sb->s_maxbytes to a loff_t

sb->s_maxbytes is supposed to indicate the maximum size of a file that can
exist on the filesystem. It's declared as an unsigned long long.

Even if a filesystem has no inherent limit that prevents it from using
every bit in that unsigned long long, it's still problematic to set it to
anything larger than MAX_LFS_FILESIZE. There are places in the kernel
that cast s_maxbytes to a signed value. If it's set too large then this
cast makes it a negative number and generally breaks the comparison.

Change s_maxbytes to be loff_t instead. That should help eliminate the
temptation to set it too large by making it a signed value.

Also, add a warning for couple of releases to help catch filesystems that
set s_maxbytes too large. Eventually we can either convert this to a
BUG() or just remove it and in the hope that no one will get it wrong now
that it's a signed value.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Robert Love <rlove@google.com>
Cc: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b87221de 21-Sep-2009 Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>

const: mark remaining super_operations const

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 32a88aa1 16-Sep-2009 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>

fs: Assign bdi in super_block

We do this automatically in get_sb_bdev() from the set_bdev_super()
callback. Filesystems that have their own private backing_dev_info
must assign that in ->fill_super().

Note that ->s_bdi assignment is required for proper writeback!

Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>


# 03ba3782 09-Sep-2009 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>

writeback: switch to per-bdi threads for flushing data

This gets rid of pdflush for bdi writeout and kupdated style cleaning.
pdflush writeout suffers from lack of locality and also requires more
threads to handle the same workload, since it has to work in a
non-blocking fashion against each queue. This also introduces lumpy
behaviour and potential request starvation, since pdflush can be starved
for queue access if others are accessing it. A sample ffsb workload that
does random writes to files is about 8% faster here on a simple SATA drive
during the benchmark phase. File layout also seems a LOT more smooth in
vmstat:

r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa
0 1 0 608848 2652 375372 0 0 0 71024 604 24 1 10 48 42
0 1 0 549644 2712 433736 0 0 0 60692 505 27 1 8 48 44
1 0 0 476928 2784 505192 0 0 4 29540 553 24 0 9 53 37
0 1 0 457972 2808 524008 0 0 0 54876 331 16 0 4 38 58
0 1 0 366128 2928 614284 0 0 4 92168 710 58 0 13 53 34
0 1 0 295092 3000 684140 0 0 0 62924 572 23 0 9 53 37
0 1 0 236592 3064 741704 0 0 4 58256 523 17 0 8 48 44
0 1 0 165608 3132 811464 0 0 0 57460 560 21 0 8 54 38
0 1 0 102952 3200 873164 0 0 4 74748 540 29 1 10 48 41
0 1 0 48604 3252 926472 0 0 0 53248 469 29 0 7 47 45

where vanilla tends to fluctuate a lot in the creation phase:

r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa
1 1 0 678716 5792 303380 0 0 0 74064 565 50 1 11 52 36
1 0 0 662488 5864 319396 0 0 4 352 302 329 0 2 47 51
0 1 0 599312 5924 381468 0 0 0 78164 516 55 0 9 51 40
0 1 0 519952 6008 459516 0 0 4 78156 622 56 1 11 52 37
1 1 0 436640 6092 541632 0 0 0 82244 622 54 0 11 48 41
0 1 0 436640 6092 541660 0 0 0 8 152 39 0 0 51 49
0 1 0 332224 6200 644252 0 0 4 102800 728 46 1 13 49 36
1 0 0 274492 6260 701056 0 0 4 12328 459 49 0 7 50 43
0 1 0 211220 6324 763356 0 0 0 106940 515 37 1 10 51 39
1 0 0 160412 6376 813468 0 0 0 8224 415 43 0 6 49 45
1 1 0 85980 6452 886556 0 0 4 113516 575 39 1 11 54 34
0 2 0 85968 6452 886620 0 0 0 1640 158 211 0 0 46 54

A 10 disk test with btrfs performs 26% faster with per-bdi flushing. A
SSD based writeback test on XFS performs over 20% better as well, with
the throughput being very stable around 1GB/sec, where pdflush only
manages 750MB/sec and fluctuates wildly while doing so. Random buffered
writes to many files behave a lot better as well, as does random mmap'ed
writes.

A separate thread is added to sync the super blocks. In the long term,
adding sync_supers_bdi() functionality could get rid of this thread again.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>


# 66f3b8e2 02-Sep-2009 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>

writeback: move dirty inodes from super_block to backing_dev_info

This is a first step at introducing per-bdi flusher threads. We should
have no change in behaviour, although sb_has_dirty_inodes() is now
ridiculously expensive, as there's no easy way to answer that question.
Not a huge problem, since it'll be deleted in subsequent patches.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>


# f21f6220 24-Jun-2009 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

... and the same for vfsmount id/mount group id

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c63e09ec 24-Jun-2009 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Make allocation of anon devices cheaper

Standard trick - add a new variable (start) such that
for each n < start n is known to be busy. Allocation can
skip checking everything in [0..start) and if it returns
n, we can set start to n + 1. Freeing below start sets
start to what we'd just freed.

Of course, it still sucks if we do something like
free 0
allocate
allocate
in a loop - still O(n^2) time. However, on saner loads it
improves the things a lot and the entire thing is not worth
the trouble of switching to something with better worst-case
behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# b0895513 16-Jun-2009 J. R. Okajima <hooanon05@yahoo.co.jp>

remove unlock_kernel() left accidentally

commit 337eb00a2c3a421999c39c94ce7e33545ee8baa7
Push BKL down into ->remount_fs()
and
commit 4aa98cf768b6f2ea4b204620d949a665959214f6
Push BKL down into do_remount_sb()

were uncorrectly merged.
The former removes one pair of lock/unlock_kernel(), but the latter adds
several unlock_kernel(). Finally a few unlock_kernel() calls left.

Signed-off-by: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05@yahoo.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 337eb00a 12-May-2009 Alessio Igor Bogani <abogani@texware.it>

Push BKL down into ->remount_fs()

[xfs, btrfs, capifs, shmem don't need BKL, exempt]

Signed-off-by: Alessio Igor Bogani <abogani@texware.it>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# ebc1ac16 11-May-2009 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

->write_super lock_super pushdown

Push down lock_super into ->write_super instances and remove it from the
caller.

Following filesystem don't need ->s_lock in ->write_super and are skipped:

* bfs, nilfs2 - no other uses of s_lock and have internal locks in
->write_super
* ext2 - uses BKL in ext2_write_super and has internal calls without s_lock
* reiserfs - no other uses of s_lock as has reiserfs_write_lock (BKL) in
->write_super
* xfs - no other uses of s_lock and uses internal lock (buffer lock on
superblock buffer) to serialize ->write_super. Also xfs_fs_write_super
is superflous and will go away in the next merge window

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 4aa98cf7 08-May-2009 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Push BKL down into do_remount_sb()

[folded fix from Jiri Slaby]

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# bbd6851a 06-May-2009 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Push lock_super() into the ->remount_fs() of filesystems that care about it

Note that since we can't run into contention between remount_fs and write_super
(due to exclusion on s_umount), we have to care only about filesystems that
touch lock_super() on their own. Out of those ext3, ext4, hpfs, sysv and ufs
do need it; fat doesn't since its ->remount_fs() only accesses assign-once
data (basically, it's "we have no atime on directories and only have atime on
files for vfat; force nodiratime and possibly noatime into *flags").

[folded a build fix from hch]

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 6cfd0148 05-May-2009 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

push BKL down into ->put_super

Move BKL into ->put_super from the only caller. A couple of
filesystems had trivial enough ->put_super (only kfree and NULLing of
s_fs_info + stuff in there) to not get any locking: coda, cramfs, efs,
hugetlbfs, omfs, qnx4, shmem, all others got the full treatment. Most
of them probably don't need it, but I'd rather sort that out individually.
Preferably after all the other BKL pushdowns in that area.

[AV: original used to move lock_super() down as well; these changes are
removed since we don't do lock_super() at all in generic_shutdown_super()
now]
[AV: fuse, btrfs and xfs are known to need no damn BKL, exempt]

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a9e220f8 05-May-2009 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

No need to do lock_super() for exclusion in generic_shutdown_super()

We can't run into contention on it. All other callers of lock_super()
either hold s_umount (and we have it exclusive) or hold an active
reference to superblock in question, which prevents the call of
generic_shutdown_super() while the reference is held. So we can
replace lock_super(s) with get_fs_excl() in generic_shutdown_super()
(and corresponding change for unlock_super(), of course).

Since ext4 expects s_lock held for its put_super, take lock_super()
into it. The rest of filesystems do not care at all.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 443b94ba 05-May-2009 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

Make sure that all callers of remount hold s_umount exclusive

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# e5004753 05-May-2009 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

cleanup sync_supers

Merge the write_super helper into sync_super and move the check for
->write_super earlier so that we can avoid grabbing a reference to
a superblock that doesn't have it.

While we're at it also add a little comment documenting sync_supers.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 8c85e125 28-Apr-2009 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

remove ->write_super call in generic_shutdown_super

We just did a full fs writeout using sync_filesystem before, and if
that's not enough for the filesystem it can perform it's own writeout
in ->put_super, which many filesystems already do.

Move a call to foofs_write_super into every foofs_put_super for now to
guarantee identical behaviour until it's cleaned up by the individual
filesystem maintainers.

Exceptions:

- affs already has identical copy & pasted code at the beginning of
affs_put_super so no need to do it twice.
- xfs does the right thing without it and I have changes pending for
the xfs tree touching this are so I don't really need conflicts
here..

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 60b0680f 27-Apr-2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Rename fsync_super() to sync_filesystem() (version 4)

Rename the function so that it better describe what it really does. Also
remove the unnecessary include of buffer_head.h.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c15c54f5 27-Apr-2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Move syncing code from super.c to sync.c (version 4)

Move sync_filesystems(), __fsync_super(), fsync_super() from
super.c to sync.c where it fits better.

[build fixes folded]

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 5cee5815 27-Apr-2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Make sys_sync() use fsync_super() (version 4)

It is unnecessarily fragile to have two places (fsync_super() and do_sync())
doing data integrity sync of the filesystem. Alter __fsync_super() to
accommodate needs of both callers and use it. So after this patch
__fsync_super() is the only place where we gather all the calls needed to
properly send all data on a filesystem to disk.

Nice bonus is that we get a complete livelock avoidance and write_supers()
is now only used for periodic writeback of superblocks.

sync_blockdevs() introduced a couple of patches ago is gone now.

[build fixes folded]

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 429479f0 27-Apr-2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Make __fsync_super() a static function (version 4)

__fsync_super() does the same thing as fsync_super(). So change the only
caller to use fsync_super() and make __fsync_super() static. This removes
unnecessarily duplicated call to sync_blockdev() and prepares ground
for the changes to __fsync_super() in the following patches.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# bfe88125 27-Apr-2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Call ->sync_fs() even if s_dirt is 0 (version 4)

sync_filesystems() has a condition that if wait == 0 and s_dirt == 0, then
->sync_fs() isn't called. This does not really make much sence since s_dirt is
generally used by a filesystem to mean that ->write_super() needs to be called.
But ->sync_fs() does different things. I even suspect that some filesystems
(btrfs?) sets s_dirt just to fool this logic.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 5a3e5cb8 27-Apr-2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Fix sys_sync() and fsync_super() reliability (version 4)

So far, do_sync() called:
sync_inodes(0);
sync_supers();
sync_filesystems(0);
sync_filesystems(1);
sync_inodes(1);

This ordering makes it kind of hard for filesystems as sync_inodes(0) need not
submit all the IO (for example it skips inodes with I_SYNC set) so e.g. forcing
transaction to disk in ->sync_fs() is not really enough. Therefore sys_sync has
not been completely reliable on some filesystems (ext3, ext4, reiserfs, ocfs2
and others are hit by this) when racing e.g. with background writeback. A
similar problem hits also other filesystems (e.g. ext2) because of
write_supers() being called before the sync_inodes(1).

Change the ordering of calls in do_sync() - this requires a new function
sync_blockdevs() to preserve the property that block devices are always synced
after write_super() / sync_fs() call.

The same issue is fixed in __fsync_super() function used on umount /
remount read-only.

[AV: build fixes]

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 876a9f76 28-Apr-2009 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

remove s_async_list

Remove the unused s_async_list in the superblock, a leftover of the
broken async inode deletion code that leaked into mainline. Having this
in the middle of the sync/unmount path is not helpful for the following
cleanups.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 864d7c4c 26-Apr-2009 npiggin@suse.de <npiggin@suse.de>

fs: move mark_files_ro into file_table.c

This function walks the s_files lock, and operates primarily on the
files in a superblock, so it better belongs here (eg. see also
fs_may_remount_ro).

[AV: ... and it shouldn't be static after that move]

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# ddbaaf30 29-Apr-2009 H Hartley Sweeten <hartleys@visionengravers.com>

NULL noise in fs/super.c:kill_bdev_super()

Signed-off-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Cc: Subrata Modak <subrata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 74dbbdd7 05-May-2009 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

New helper: deactivate_locked_super()

Does equivalent of up_write(&s->s_umount); deactivate_super(s);
However, it does not does not unlock it until it's all over.
As the result, it's safe to use to dispose of new superblock on ->get_sb()
failure exits - nobody will see the sucker until it's all over.
Equivalent using up_write/deactivate_super is safe for that purpose
if superblock is either safe to use or has NULL ->s_root when we unlock.
Normally filesystems take the required precautions, but
a) we do have bugs in that area in some of them.
b) up_write/deactivate_super sequence is extremely common,
so the helper makes sense anyway.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 909e6d94 06-Apr-2009 Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>

namespaces: move proc_net_get_sb to a generic fs/super.c helper

The mqueuefs filesystem will use this helper as well. Proc's main get_sb
could also be made to use it, but that will require a bit more rework.

Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Cedric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 800a9647 03-Apr-2009 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

CacheFiles: Export things for CacheFiles

Export a number of functions for CacheFiles's use.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Daire Byrne <Daire.Byrne@framestore.com>


# a3ec947c 04-Mar-2009 Sukadev Bhattiprolu <sukadev@linux.vnet.ibm.com>

vfs: simple_set_mnt() should return void

simple_set_mnt() is defined as returning 'int' but always returns 0.
Callers assume simple_set_mnt() never fails and don't properly cleanup if
it were to _ever_ fail. For instance, get_sb_single() and get_sb_nodev()
should:

up_write(sb->s_unmount);
deactivate_super(sb);

if simple_set_mnt() fails.

Since simple_set_mnt() never fails, would be cleaner if it did not
return anything.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix build]
Signed-off-by: Sukadev Bhattiprolu <sukadev@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a2a9537a 17-Mar-2009 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>

Get rid of pdflush_operation() in emergency sync and remount

Opencode a cheasy approach with kevent. The idea here is that we'll
add some generic delayed work infrastructure, which probably wont be
based on pdflush (or maybe it will, in which case we can just add it
back).

This is in preparation for getting rid of pdflush completely.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>


# 9e3509e2 26-Jan-2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

vfs: Use lowercase names of quota functions

Use lowercase names of quota functions instead of old uppercase ones.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
CC: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a3cfbb53 12-Mar-2009 Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>

vfs: add missing unlock in sget()

In sget(), destroy_super(s) is called with s->s_umount held, which makes
lockdep unhappy.

Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# ada723dc 18-Feb-2009 Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>

fs/super.c: add lockdep annotation to s_umount

Li Zefan said:

Thread 1:
for ((; ;))
{
mount -t cpuset xxx /mnt > /dev/null 2>&1
cat /mnt/cpus > /dev/null 2>&1
umount /mnt > /dev/null 2>&1
}

Thread 2:
for ((; ;))
{
mount -t cpuset xxx /mnt > /dev/null 2>&1
umount /mnt > /dev/null 2>&1
}

(Note: It is irrelevant which cgroup subsys is used.)

After a while a lockdep warning showed up:

=============================================
[ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
2.6.28 #479
---------------------------------------------
mount/13554 is trying to acquire lock:
(&type->s_umount_key#19){--..}, at: [<c049d888>] sget+0x5e/0x321

but task is already holding lock:
(&type->s_umount_key#19){--..}, at: [<c049da0c>] sget+0x1e2/0x321

other info that might help us debug this:
1 lock held by mount/13554:
#0: (&type->s_umount_key#19){--..}, at: [<c049da0c>] sget+0x1e2/0x321

stack backtrace:
Pid: 13554, comm: mount Not tainted 2.6.28-mc #479
Call Trace:
[<c044ad2e>] validate_chain+0x4c6/0xbbd
[<c044ba9b>] __lock_acquire+0x676/0x700
[<c044bb82>] lock_acquire+0x5d/0x7a
[<c049d888>] ? sget+0x5e/0x321
[<c061b9b8>] down_write+0x34/0x50
[<c049d888>] ? sget+0x5e/0x321
[<c049d888>] sget+0x5e/0x321
[<c045a2e7>] ? cgroup_set_super+0x0/0x3e
[<c045959f>] ? cgroup_test_super+0x0/0x2f
[<c045bcea>] cgroup_get_sb+0x98/0x2e7
[<c045cfb6>] cpuset_get_sb+0x4a/0x5f
[<c049dfa4>] vfs_kern_mount+0x40/0x7b
[<c049e02d>] do_kern_mount+0x37/0xbf
[<c04af4a0>] do_mount+0x5c3/0x61a
[<c04addd2>] ? copy_mount_options+0x2c/0x111
[<c04af560>] sys_mount+0x69/0xa0
[<c0403251>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x31

The cause is after alloc_super() and then retry, an old entry in list
fs_supers is found, so grab_super(old) is called, but both functions hold
s_umount lock:

struct super_block *sget(...)
{
...
retry:
spin_lock(&sb_lock);
if (test) {
list_for_each_entry(old, &type->fs_supers, s_instances) {
if (!test(old, data))
continue;
if (!grab_super(old)) <--- 2nd: down_write(&old->s_umount);
goto retry;
if (s)
destroy_super(s);
return old;
}
}
if (!s) {
spin_unlock(&sb_lock);
s = alloc_super(type); <--- 1th: down_write(&s->s_umount)
if (!s)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
goto retry;
}
...
}

It seems like a false positive, and seems like VFS but not cgroup needs to
be fixed.

Peter said:

We can simply put the new s_umount instance in a but lockdep doesn't
particularly cares about subclass order.

If there's any issue with the callers of sget() assuming the s_umount lock
being of sublcass 0, then there is another annotation we can use to fix
that, but lets not bother with that if this is sufficient.

Addresses http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12673

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reported-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 766ccb9e 20-Jan-2009 Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>

async: Rename _special -> _domain for clarity.

Rename the async_*_special() functions to async_*_domain(), which
describes the purpose of these functions much better.
[Broke up long lines to silence checkpatch]

Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>


# 257ac264 14-Jan-2009 Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com>

[CVE-2009-0029] System call wrappers part 11

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>


# 96777fe7 08-Jan-2009 Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>

async: Don't call async_synchronize_full_special() while holding sb_lock

sync_filesystems() shouldn't be calling async_synchronize_full_special
while holding a spinlock. The second while loop in that function is the
right place for this anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Reported-by: Grissiom <chaos.proton@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# efaee192 06-Jan-2009 Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>

async: make the final inode deletion an asynchronous event

this makes "rm -rf" on a (names cached) kernel tree go from
11.6 to 8.6 seconds on an ext3 filesystem

Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>


# 87d8fe1e 03-Jan-2009 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>

add releasepage hooks to block devices which can be used by file systems

Implement blkdev_releasepage() to release the buffer_heads and pages
after we release private data belonging to a mounted filesystem.

Cc: Toshiyuki Okajima <toshi.okajima@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>


# 12204e24 18-Dec-2008 James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>

security: pass mount flags to security_sb_kern_mount()

Pass mount flags to security_sb_kern_mount(), so security modules
can determine if a mount operation is being performed by the kernel.

Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>


# ad76cbc6 27-Aug-2008 Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>

[PATCH 2/2] anondev: switch to IDA

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>


# 6de24f0e 27-Aug-2008 Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>

[PATCH 1/2] anondev: init IDR statically

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>


# 30c40d2c 22-Feb-2008 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

[PATCH] propagate mode through open_bdev_excl/close_bdev_excl

replace open_bdev_excl/close_bdev_excl with variants taking fmode_t.
superblock gets the value used to mount it stored in sb->s_mode

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# da3bbdd4 23-Jul-2008 Kentaro Makita <k-makita@np.css.fujitsu.com>

fix soft lock up at NFS mount via per-SB LRU-list of unused dentries

[Summary]

Split LRU-list of unused dentries to one per superblock to avoid soft
lock up during NFS mounts and remounting of any filesystem.

Previously I posted here:
http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/3/5/590

[Descriptions]

- background

dentry_unused is a list of dentries which are not referenced.
dentry_unused grows up when references on directories or files are
released. This list can be very long if there is huge free memory.

- the problem

When shrink_dcache_sb() is called, it scans all dentry_unused linearly
under spin_lock(), and if dentry->d_sb is differnt from given
superblock, scan next dentry. This scan costs very much if there are
many entries, and very ineffective if there are many superblocks.

IOW, When we need to shrink unused dentries on one dentry, but scans
unused dentries on all superblocks in the system. For example, we scan
500 dentries to unmount a filesystem, but scans 1,000,000 or more unused
dentries on other superblocks.

In our case , At mounting NFS*, shrink_dcache_sb() is called to shrink
unused dentries on NFS, but scans 100,000,000 unused dentries on
superblocks in the system such as local ext3 filesystems. I hear NFS
mounting took 1 min on some system in use.

* : NFS uses virtual filesystem in rpc layer, so NFS is affected by
this problem.

100,000,000 is possible number on large systems.

Per-superblock LRU of unused dentried can reduce the cost in
reasonable manner.

- How to fix

I found this problem is solved by David Chinner's "Per-superblock
unused dentry LRU lists V3"(1), so I rebase it and add some fix to
reclaim with fairness, which is in Andrew Morton's comments(2).

1) http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/5/25/318
2) http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/5/25/320

Split LRU-list of unused dentries to each superblocks. Then, NFS
mounting will check dentries under a superblock instead of all. But
this spliting will break LRU of dentry-unused. So, I've attempted to
make reclaim unused dentrins with fairness by calculate number of
dentries to scan on this sb based on following way

number of dentries to scan on this sb =
count * (number of dentries on this sb / number of dentries in the machine)

- ToDo
- I have to measuring performance number and do stress tests.

- When unmount occurs during prune_dcache(), scanning on same
superblock, It is unable to reach next superblock because it is gone
away. We restart scannig superblock from first one, it causes
unfairness of reclaim unused dentries on first superblock. But I think
this happens very rarely.

- Test Results

Result on 6GB boxes with excessive unused dentries.

Without patch:

$ cat /proc/sys/fs/dentry-state
10181835 10180203 45 0 0 0
# mount -t nfs 10.124.60.70:/work/kernel-src nfs
real 0m1.830s
user 0m0.001s
sys 0m1.653s

With this patch:
$ cat /proc/sys/fs/dentry-state
10236610 10234751 45 0 0 0
# mount -t nfs 10.124.60.70:/work/kernel-src nfs
real 0m0.106s
user 0m0.002s
sys 0m0.032s

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comments]
Signed-off-by: Kentaro Makita <k-makita@np.css.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Cc: David Chinner <dgc@sgi.com>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 6b09ae66 29-Apr-2008 Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>

make __put_super() static

Make the needlessly global __put_super() static.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 0ff5af83 28-Apr-2008 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

quota: quota core changes for quotaon on remount

Currently, we just turn quotas off on remount of filesystem to read-only
state. The patch below adds necessary framework so that we can turn quotas
off on remount RO but we are able to automatically reenable them again when
filesystem is remounted to RW state. All we need to do is to keep references
to inodes of quota files when remounting RO and using these references to
reenable quotas when remounting RW.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 6d59e7f5 22-Mar-2008 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

[PATCH] move a bunch of declarations to fs/internal.h

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# ad775f5a 15-Feb-2008 Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>

[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: debugging for missed calls

There have been a few oopses caused by 'struct file's with NULL f_vfsmnts.
There was also a set of potentially missed mnt_want_write()s from
dentry_open() calls.

This patch provides a very simple debugging framework to catch these kinds of
bugs. It will WARN_ON() them, but should stop us from having any oopses or
mnt_writer count imbalances.

I'm quite convinced that this is a good thing because it found bugs in the
stuff I was working on as soon as I wrote it.

[hch: made it conditional on a debug option.
But it's still a little bit too ugly]

[hch: merged forced remount r/o fix from Dave and akpm's fix for the fix]

Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# 49e0d02c 15-Feb-2008 Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>

[PATCH] r/o bind mounts: drop write during emergency remount

The emergency remount code forcibly removes FMODE_WRITE from
filps. The r/o bind mount code notices that this was done
without a proper mnt_drop_write() and properly gives a
warning.

This patch does a mnt_drop_write() to keep everything
balanced.

Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# a6b91919 19-Mar-2008 Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>

fs: fix kernel-doc notation warnings

Fix kernel-doc notation warnings in fs/.

Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/super.c:560): missing initial short description on line:
* mark_files_ro
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line:
* lease_get_mtime
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line:
* lease_get_mtime
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/namei.c:1368): missing initial short description on line:
* lookup_one_len: filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3221): missing initial short description on line:
* bh_uptodate_or_lock: Test whether the buffer is uptodate
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3240): missing initial short description on line:
* bh_submit_read: Submit a locked buffer for reading
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:30): missing initial short description on line:
* writeback_acquire: attempt to get exclusive writeback access to a device
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:47): missing initial short description on line:
* writeback_in_progress: determine whether there is writeback in progress
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:58): missing initial short description on line:
* writeback_release: relinquish exclusive writeback access against a device.
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:351): contents before sections
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:561): contents before sections
Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/jbd/transaction.c:1935): missing initial short description on line:
* void journal_invalidatepage()

Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 8a4e98d9 23-Feb-2008 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

[PATCH] restore export of do_kern_mount()

vfs_kern_mount() requires having a reference to fs type, which
makes it impossible for module to create procfs, etc. private
mount. Open-coding is not an option, since e.g. put_filesystem()
is _not_ exported, and for a good reason.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# e0007529 05-Mar-2008 Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>

LSM/SELinux: Interfaces to allow FS to control mount options

Introduce new LSM interfaces to allow an FS to deal with their own mount
options. This includes a new string parsing function exported from the
LSM that an FS can use to get a security data blob and a new security
data blob. This is particularly useful for an FS which uses binary
mount data, like NFS, which does not pass strings into the vfs to be
handled by the loaded LSM. Also fix a BUG() in both SELinux and SMACK
when dealing with binary mount data. If the binary mount data is less
than one page the copy_page() in security_sb_copy_data() can cause an
illegal page fault and boom. Remove all NFSisms from the SELinux code
since they were broken by past NFS changes.

Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>


# 66191dc6 08-Feb-2008 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>

quota: turn quotas off when remounting read-only

Turn off quotas before filesystem is remounted read only. Otherwise quota
will try to write to read-only filesystem which does no good... We could
also just refuse to remount ro when quota is enabled but turning quota off
is consistent with what we do on umount.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# b3b304a2 08-Feb-2008 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>

mount options: add generic_show_options()

Add a new s_options field to struct super_block. Filesystems can save
mount options passed to them in mount or remount. It is automatically
freed when the superblock is destroyed.

A new helper function, generic_show_options() is introduced, which uses
this field to display the mount options in /proc/mounts.

Another helper function, save_mount_options() may be used by
filesystems to save the options in the super block.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 96de0e25 19-Oct-2007 Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@gmx.de>

Convert files to UTF-8 and some cleanups

* Convert files to UTF-8.

* Also correct some people's names
(one example is Eißfeldt, which was found in a source file.
Given that the author used an ß at all in a source file
indicates that the real name has in fact a 'ß' and not an 'ss',
which is commonly used as a substitute for 'ß' when limited to
7bit.)

* Correct town names (Goettingen -> Göttingen)

* Update Eberhard Mönkeberg's address (http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/8/313)

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>


# 3a4fa0a2 19-Oct-2007 Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@mindspring.com>

Fix misspellings of "system", "controller", "interrupt" and "necessary".

Fix the various misspellings of "system", controller", "interrupt" and
"[un]necessary".

Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@mindspring.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>


# 8bf9725c 19-Oct-2007 Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>

pid namespaces: introduce MS_KERNMOUNT flag

This flag tells the .get_sb callback that this is a kern_mount() call so that
it can trust *data pointer to be valid in-kernel one. If this flag is passed
from the user process, it is cleared since the *data pointer is not a valid
kernel object.

Running a few steps forward - this will be needed for proc to create the
superblock and store a valid pid namespace on it during the namespace
creation. The reason, why the namespace cannot live without proc mount is
described in the appropriate patch.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Sukadev Bhattiprolu <sukadev@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# d4730127 19-Oct-2007 Matthias Kaehlcke <matthias.kaehlcke@gmail.com>

fs/super.c: use list_for_each_entry() instead of list_for_each()

fs/super.c: use list_for_each_entry() instead of list_for_each() in
sget()

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: clean up some crap while we're there]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <matthias.kaehlcke@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# c18479fe 19-Oct-2007 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>

put declaration of put_filesystem() in fs.h

Declarations go into headers.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Cc: Ram Pai <linuxram@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 0e0f4fc2 17-Oct-2007 Ken Chen <kenchen@google.com>

writeback: fix periodic superblock dirty inode flushing

Current -mm tree has bucketful of bug fixes in periodic writeback path.
However, we still hit a glitch where dirty pages on a given inode aren't
completely flushed to the disk, and system will accumulate large amount of
dirty pages beyond what dirty_expire_interval is designed for.

The problem is __sync_single_inode() will move an inode to sb->s_dirty list
even when there are more pending dirty pages on that inode. If there is
another inode with a small number of dirty pages, we hit a case where the loop
iteration in wb_kupdate() terminates prematurely because wbc.nr_to_write > 0.
Thus leaving the inode that has large amount of dirty pages behind and it has
to wait for another dirty_writeback_interval before we flush it again. We
effectively only write out MAX_WRITEBACK_PAGES every dirty_writeback_interval.
If the rate of dirtying is sufficiently high, the system will start
accumulate a large number of dirty pages.

So fix it by having another sb->s_more_io list on which to park the inode
while we iterate through sb->s_io and to allow each dirty inode which resides
on that sb to have an equal chance of flushing some amount of dirty pages.

Signed-off-by: Ken Chen <kenchen@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# b4c07bce 16-Jul-2007 Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>

hugetlbfs: handle empty options string

I was seeing a null pointer deref in fs/super.c:vfs_kern_mount().
Some file system get_sb() handler was returning NULL mnt_sb with
a non-negative return value. I also noticed a "hugetlbfs: Bad
mount option:" message in the log.

Turns out that hugetlbfs_parse_options() was not checking for an
empty option string after call to strsep(). On failure,
hugetlbfs_parse_options() returns 1. hugetlbfs_fill_super() just
passed this return code back up the call stack where
vfs_kern_mount() missed the error and proceeded with a NULL mnt_sb.

Apparently introduced by patch:
hugetlbfs-use-lib-parser-fix-docs.patch

The problem was exposed by this line in my fstab:

none /huge hugetlbfs defaults 0 0

It can also be demonstrated by invoking mount of hugetlbfs
directly with no options or a bogus option.

This patch:

1) adds the check for empty option to hugetlbfs_parse_options(),
2) enhances the error message to bracket any unrecognized
option with quotes ,
3) modifies hugetlbfs_parse_options() to return -EINVAL on any
unrecognized option,
4) adds a BUG_ON() to vfs_kern_mount() to catch any get_sb()
handler that returns a NULL mnt->mnt_sb with a return value
>= 0.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 79c0b2df 08-May-2007 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>

add filesystem subtype support

There's a slight problem with filesystem type representation in fuse
based filesystems.

From the kernel's view, there are just two filesystem types: fuse and
fuseblk. From the user's view there are lots of different filesystem
types. The user is not even much concerned if the filesystem is fuse based
or not. So there's a conflict of interest in how this should be
represented in fstab, mtab and /proc/mounts.

The current scheme is to encode the real filesystem type in the mount
source. So an sshfs mount looks like this:

sshfs#user@server:/ /mnt/server fuse rw,nosuid,nodev,...

This url-ish syntax works OK for sshfs and similar filesystems. However
for block device based filesystems (ntfs-3g, zfs) it doesn't work, since
the kernel expects the mount source to be a real device name.

A possibly better scheme would be to encode the real type in the type
field as "type.subtype". So fuse mounts would look like this:

/dev/hda1 /mnt/windows fuseblk.ntfs-3g rw,...
user@server:/ /mnt/server fuse.sshfs rw,nosuid,nodev,...

This patch adds the necessary code to the kernel so that this can be
correctly displayed in /proc/mounts.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# 3106d46f 05-Apr-2007 Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>

the overdue removal of the mount/umount uevents

This patch contains the overdue removal of the mount/umount uevents.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>


# ee9b6d61 12-Feb-2007 Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu>

[PATCH] Mark struct super_operations const

This patch is inspired by Arjan's "Patch series to mark struct
file_operations and struct inode_operations const".

Compile tested with gcc & sparse.

Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>


# f73ca1b7 11-Jan-2007 David Chinner <dgc@sgi.com>

[PATCH] Revert bd_mount_mutex back to a semaphore

Revert bd_mount_mutex back to a semaphore so that xfs_freeze -f /mnt/newtest;
xfs_freeze -u /mnt/newtest works safely and doesn't produce lockdep warnings.

(XFS unlocks the semaphore from a different task, by design. The mutex
code warns about this)

Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dgc@sgi.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 0f7fc9e4 08-Dec-2006 Josef "Jeff" Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu>

[PATCH] VFS: change struct file to use struct path

This patch changes struct file to use struct path instead of having
independent pointers to struct dentry and struct vfsmount, and converts all
users of f_{dentry,vfsmnt} in fs/ to use f_path.{dentry,mnt}.

Additionally, it adds two #define's to make the transition easier for users of
the f_dentry and f_vfsmnt.

Signed-off-by: Josef "Jeff" Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 914e2637 18-Oct-2006 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

[PATCH] severing fs.h, radix-tree.h -> sched.h

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>


# c636ebdb 11-Oct-2006 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

[PATCH] VFS: Destroy the dentries contributed by a superblock on unmounting

The attached patch destroys all the dentries attached to a superblock in one go
by:

(1) Destroying the tree rooted at s_root.

(2) Destroying every entry in the anon list, one at a time.

(3) Each entry in the anon list has its subtree consumed from the leaves
inwards.

This reduces the amount of work generic_shutdown_super() does, and avoids
iterating through the dentry_unused list.

Note that locking is almost entirely absent in the shrink_dcache_for_umount*()
functions added by this patch. This is because:

(1) at the point the filesystem calls generic_shutdown_super(), it is not
permitted to further touch the superblock's set of dentries, and nor may
it remove aliases from inodes;

(2) the dcache memory shrinker now skips dentries that are being unmounted;
and

(3) the superblock no longer has any external references through which the VFS
can reach it.

Given these points, the only locking we need to do is when we remove dentries
from the unused list and the name hashes, which we do a directory's worth at a
time.

We also don't need to guard against reference counts going to zero unexpectedly
and removing bits of the tree we're working on as nothing else can call dput().

A cut down version of dentry_iput() has been folded into
shrink_dcache_for_umount_subtree() function. Apart from not needing to unlock
things, it also doesn't need to check for inotify watches.

In this version of the patch, the complaint about a dentry still being in use
has been expanded from a single BUG_ON() and now gives much more information.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 9361401e 30-Sep-2006 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

[PATCH] BLOCK: Make it possible to disable the block layer [try #6]

Make it possible to disable the block layer. Not all embedded devices require
it, some can make do with just JFFS2, NFS, ramfs, etc - none of which require
the block layer to be present.

This patch does the following:

(*) Introduces CONFIG_BLOCK to disable the block layer, buffering and blockdev
support.

(*) Adds dependencies on CONFIG_BLOCK to any configuration item that controls
an item that uses the block layer. This includes:

(*) Block I/O tracing.

(*) Disk partition code.

(*) All filesystems that are block based, eg: Ext3, ReiserFS, ISOFS.

(*) The SCSI layer. As far as I can tell, even SCSI chardevs use the
block layer to do scheduling. Some drivers that use SCSI facilities -
such as USB storage - end up disabled indirectly from this.

(*) Various block-based device drivers, such as IDE and the old CDROM
drivers.

(*) MTD blockdev handling and FTL.

(*) JFFS - which uses set_bdev_super(), something it could avoid doing by
taking a leaf out of JFFS2's book.

(*) Makes most of the contents of linux/blkdev.h, linux/buffer_head.h and
linux/elevator.h contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK being set. sector_div() is,
however, still used in places, and so is still available.

(*) Also made contingent are the contents of linux/mpage.h, linux/genhd.h and
parts of linux/fs.h.

(*) Makes a number of files in fs/ contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK.

(*) Makes mm/bounce.c (bounce buffering) contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK.

(*) set_page_dirty() doesn't call __set_page_dirty_buffers() if CONFIG_BLOCK
is not enabled.

(*) fs/no-block.c is created to hold out-of-line stubs and things that are
required when CONFIG_BLOCK is not set:

(*) Default blockdev file operations (to give error ENODEV on opening).

(*) Makes some /proc changes:

(*) /proc/devices does not list any blockdevs.

(*) /proc/diskstats and /proc/partitions are contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK.

(*) Makes some compat ioctl handling contingent on CONFIG_BLOCK.

(*) If CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined, makes sys_quotactl() return -ENODEV if
given command other than Q_SYNC or if a special device is specified.

(*) In init/do_mounts.c, no reference is made to the blockdev routines if
CONFIG_BLOCK is not defined. This does not prohibit NFS roots or JFFS2.

(*) The bdflush, ioprio_set and ioprio_get syscalls can now be absent (return
error ENOSYS by way of cond_syscall if so).

(*) The seclvl_bd_claim() and seclvl_bd_release() security calls do nothing if
CONFIG_BLOCK is not set, since they can't then happen.

Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# cf9a2ae8 29-Aug-2006 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

[PATCH] BLOCK: Move functions out of buffer code [try #6]

Move some functions out of the buffering code that aren't strictly buffering
specific. This is a precursor to being able to disable the block layer.

(*) Moved some stuff out of fs/buffer.c:

(*) The file sync and general sync stuff moved to fs/sync.c.

(*) The superblock sync stuff moved to fs/super.c.

(*) do_invalidatepage() moved to mm/truncate.c.

(*) try_to_release_page() moved to mm/filemap.c.

(*) Moved some related declarations between header files:

(*) declarations for do_invalidatepage() and try_to_release_page() moved
to linux/mm.h.

(*) __set_page_dirty_buffers() moved to linux/buffer_head.h.

Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>


# 9c4dbee7 29-Sep-2006 Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>

[PATCH] fs: add lock annotation to grab_super

grab_super gets called with sb_lock held, and releases it. Add a lock
annotation to this function so that sparse can check callers for lock
pairing, and so that sparse will not complain about this function since it
intentionally uses the lock in this manner.

Signed-off-by: Josh Triplett <josh@freedesktop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# fe2bbc48 06-Sep-2006 Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de>

[PATCH] add missing desctiption in super.c

Adds kernel-doc for alloc_super() type in fs/super.c.

Signed-off-by: Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 897c6ff9 03-Jul-2006 Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>

[PATCH] lockdep: annotate sb ->s_umount

The s_umount rwsem needs to be classified as per-superblock since it's
perfectly legit to keep multiple of those recursively in the VFS locking
rules.

Has no effect on non-lockdep kernels.

Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# cf516249 03-Jul-2006 Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>

[PATCH] lockdep: annotate ->s_lock

Teach special (per-filesystem) locking code to the lock validator.

Minimal effect on non-lockdep kernels: one extra parameter to alloc_super().

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 6ab3d562 30-Jun-2006 Jörn Engel <joern@wohnheim.fh-wedel.de>

Remove obsolete #include <linux/config.h>

Signed-off-by: Jörn Engel <joern@wohnheim.fh-wedel.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>


# 726c3342 23-Jun-2006 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

[PATCH] VFS: Permit filesystem to perform statfs with a known root dentry

Give the statfs superblock operation a dentry pointer rather than a superblock
pointer.

This complements the get_sb() patch. That reduced the significance of
sb->s_root, allowing NFS to place a fake root there. However, NFS does
require a dentry to use as a target for the statfs operation. This permits
the root in the vfsmount to be used instead.

linux/mount.h has been added where necessary to make allyesconfig build
successfully.

Interest has also been expressed for use with the FUSE and XFS filesystems.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Nathan Scott <nathans@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 454e2398 23-Jun-2006 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>

[PATCH] VFS: Permit filesystem to override root dentry on mount

Extend the get_sb() filesystem operation to take an extra argument that
permits the VFS to pass in the target vfsmount that defines the mountpoint.

The filesystem is then required to manually set the superblock and root dentry
pointers. For most filesystems, this should be done with simple_set_mnt()
which will set the superblock pointer and then set the root dentry to the
superblock's s_root (as per the old default behaviour).

The get_sb() op now returns an integer as there's now no need to return the
superblock pointer.

This patch permits a superblock to be implicitly shared amongst several mount
points, such as can be done with NFS to avoid potential inode aliasing. In
such a case, simple_set_mnt() would not be called, and instead the mnt_root
and mnt_sb would be set directly.

The patch also makes the following changes:

(*) the get_sb_*() convenience functions in the core kernel now take a vfsmount
pointer argument and return an integer, so most filesystems have to change
very little.

(*) If one of the convenience function is not used, then get_sb() should
normally call simple_set_mnt() to instantiate the vfsmount. This will
always return 0, and so can be tail-called from get_sb().

(*) generic_shutdown_super() now calls shrink_dcache_sb() to clean up the
dcache upon superblock destruction rather than shrink_dcache_anon().

This is required because the superblock may now have multiple trees that
aren't actually bound to s_root, but that still need to be cleaned up. The
currently called functions assume that the whole tree is rooted at s_root,
and that anonymous dentries are not the roots of trees which results in
dentries being left unculled.

However, with the way NFS superblock sharing are currently set to be
implemented, these assumptions are violated: the root of the filesystem is
simply a dummy dentry and inode (the real inode for '/' may well be
inaccessible), and all the vfsmounts are rooted on anonymous[*] dentries
with child trees.

[*] Anonymous until discovered from another tree.

(*) The documentation has been adjusted, including the additional bit of
changing ext2_* into foo_* in the documentation.

[akpm@osdl.org: convert ipath_fs, do other stuff]
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Nathan Scott <nathans@sgi.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 0feae5c4 22-Jun-2006 NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>

[PATCH] Fix dcache race during umount

The race is that the shrink_dcache_memory shrinker could get called while a
filesystem is being unmounted, and could try to prune a dentry belonging to
that filesystem.

If it does, then it will call in to iput on the inode while the dentry is
no longer able to be found by the umounting process. If iput takes a
while, generic_shutdown_super could get all the way though
shrink_dcache_parent and shrink_dcache_anon and invalidate_inodes without
ever waiting on this particular inode.

Eventually the superblock gets freed anyway and if the iput tried to touch
it (which some filesystems certainly do), it will lose. The promised
"Self-destruct in 5 seconds" doesn't lead to a nice day.

The race is closed by holding s_umount while calling prune_one_dentry on
someone else's dentry. As a down_read_trylock is used,
shrink_dcache_memory will no longer try to prune the dentry of a filesystem
that is being unmounted, and unmount will not be able to start until any
such active prune_one_dentry completes.

This requires that prune_dcache *knows* which filesystem (if any) it is
doing the prune on behalf of so that it can be careful of other
filesystems. shrink_dcache_memory isn't called it on behalf of any
filesystem, and so is careful of everything.

shrink_dcache_anon is now passed a super_block rather than the s_anon list
out of the superblock, so it can get the s_anon list itself, and can pass
the superblock down to prune_dcache.

If prune_dcache finds a dentry that it cannot free, it leaves it where it
is (at the tail of the list) and exits, on the assumption that some other
thread will be removing that dentry soon. To try to make sure that some
work gets done, a limited number of dnetries which are untouchable are
skipped over while choosing the dentry to work on.

I believe this race was first found by Kirill Korotaev.

Cc: Jan Blunck <jblunck@suse.de>
Acked-by: Kirill Korotaev <dev@openvz.org>
Cc: Olaf Hering <olh@suse.de>
Acked-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 1f5ce9e9 09-Jun-2006 Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>

VFS: Unexport do_kern_mount() and clean up simple_pin_fs()

Replace all module uses with the new vfs_kern_mount() interface, and fix up
simple_pin_fs().

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>


# bb4a58bf 09-Jun-2006 Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>

VFS: Add GPL_EXPORTED function vfs_kern_mount()

do_kern_mount() does not allow the kernel to use private mount interfaces
without exposing the same interfaces to userland. The problem is that the
filesystem is referenced by name, thus meaning that it and its mount
interface must be registered in the global filesystem list.

vfs_kern_mount() passes the struct file_system_type as an explicit
parameter in order to overcome this limitation.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>


# 353ab6e9 26-Mar-2006 Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>

[PATCH] sem2mutex: fs/

Semaphore to mutex conversion.

The conversion was generated via scripts, and the result was validated
automatically via a script as well.

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@ericvh.myip.org>
Cc: Robert Love <rml@tech9.net>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@cse.unsw.edu.au>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Cc: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@austin.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 11b0b5ab 25-Mar-2006 Oliver Neukum <neukum@fachschaft.cup.uni-muenchen.de>

[PATCH] use kzalloc and kcalloc in core fs code

Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.name>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 9b04c997 24-Mar-2006 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>

[PATCH] vfs: MS_VERBOSE should be MS_SILENT

The meaning of MS_VERBOSE is backwards; if the bit is set, it really means,
"don't be verbose". This is confusing and counter-intuitive.

In addition, there is also no way to set the MS_VERBOSE flag in the
mount(8) program in util-linux, but interesting, it does define options
which would do the right thing if MS_SILENT were defined, which
unfortunately we do not:

#ifdef MS_SILENT
{ "quiet", 0, 0, MS_SILENT }, /* be quiet */
{ "loud", 0, 1, MS_SILENT }, /* print out messages. */
#endif

So the obvious fix is to deprecate the use of MS_VERBOSE and replace it
with MS_SILENT.

Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# a11f3a05 23-Mar-2006 Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>

[PATCH] sem2mutex: vfs_rename_mutex

Semaphore to mutex conversion.

The conversion was generated via scripts, and the result was validated
automatically via a script as well.

Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# d3be915f 23-Mar-2006 Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>

[PATCH] sem2mutex: quota

Semaphore to mutex conversion.

The conversion was generated via scripts, and the result was validated
automatically via a script as well.

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# c039e313 23-Mar-2006 Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>

[PATCH] sem2mutex: blockdev #2

Semaphore to mutex conversion.

The conversion was generated via scripts, and the result was validated
automatically via a script as well.

Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# fa675765 22-Feb-2006 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>

Revert mount/umount uevent removal

This change reverts the 033b96fd30db52a710d97b06f87d16fc59fee0f1 commit
from Kay Sievers that removed the mount/umount uevents from the kernel.
Some older versions of HAL still depend on these events to detect when a
new device has been mounted. These events are not correctly emitted,
and are broken by design, and so, should not be relied upon by any
future program. Instead, the /proc/mounts file should be polled to
properly detect this kind of event.

A feature-removal-schedule.txt entry has been added, noting when this
interface will be removed from the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>


# 7b4fe29e 07-Feb-2006 Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>

[PATCH] More informative message on umount failure

We had a user trigger this message on a box that had a lot of different
mounts, all with different options. It might help narrow down wtf happened
if we print out which device failed.

Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 7892f2f4 09-Jan-2006 Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>

[PATCH] mutex subsystem, semaphore to mutex: VFS, sb->s_lock

This patch converts the superblock-lock semaphore to a mutex, affecting
lock_super()/unlock_super(). Tested on ext3 and XFS.

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>


# e78c9a00 08-Jan-2006 Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>

[PATCH] fs: remove s_old_blocksize from struct super_block

This patch inlines the single user of struct super_block field
s_old_blocksize and removes the field.

Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 033b96fd 10-Nov-2005 Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@suse.de>

[PATCH] remove mount/umount uevents from superblock handling

The names of these events have been confusing from the beginning
on, as they have been more like claim/release events. We needed these
events for noticing HAL if storage devices have been mounted.

Thanks to Al, we have the proper solution now and can poll()
/proc/mounts instead to get notfied about mount tree changes.

Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>


# 7b7b1ace 07-Nov-2005 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>

[PATCH] saner handling of auto_acct_off() and DQUOT_OFF() in umount

The way we currently deal with quota and process accounting that might
keep vfsmount busy at umount time is inherently broken; we try to turn
them off just in case (not quite correctly, at that) and

a) pray umount doesn't fail (otherwise they'll stay turned off)
b) pray nobody doesn anything funny just as we turn quota off

Moreover, LSM provides hooks for doing the same sort of broken logics.

The proper way to deal with that is to introduce the second kind of
reference to vfsmount. Semantics:

- when the last normal reference is dropped, all special ones are
converted to normal ones and if there had been any, cleanup is done.
- normal reference can be cloned into a special one
- special reference can be converted to normal one; that's a no-op if
we'd already passed the point of no return (i.e. mntput() had
converted special references to normal and started cleanup).

The way it works: e.g. starting process accounting converts the vfsmount
reference pinned by the opened file into special one and turns it back
to normal when it gets shut down; acct_auto_close() is done when no
normal references are left. That way it does *not* obstruct umount(2)
and it silently gets turned off when the last normal reference to
vfsmount is gone. Which is exactly what we want...

The same should be done by LSM module that holds some internal
references to vfsmount and wants to shut them down on umount - it should
make them special and security_sb_umount_close() will be called exactly
when the last normal reference to vfsmount is gone.

quota handling is even simpler - we don't use normal file IO anymore, so
there's no need to hold vfsmounts at all. DQUOT_OFF() is done from
deactivate_super(), where it really belongs.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 233c1234 07-Nov-2005 Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>

[PATCH] fs/super.c: unexport user_get_super

There's no modular usage in the kernel and modules shouldn't use this
symbol.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 2f512016 30-Oct-2005 Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>

[PATCH] reduce sizeof(struct file)

Now that RCU applied on 'struct file' seems stable, we can place f_rcuhead
in a memory location that is not anymore used at call_rcu(&f->f_rcuhead,
file_free_rcu) time, to reduce the size of this critical kernel object.

The trick I used is to move f_rcuhead and f_list in an union called f_u

The callers are changed so that f_rcuhead becomes f_u.fu_rcuhead and f_list
becomes f_u.f_list

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 484e389c 07-Jul-2005 Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu>

[PATCH] set mnt_namespace in the correct place

This patch sets ->mnt_namespace where it's actually added to the
namespace.

Previously mnt_namespace was set in do_kern_mount() even if the filesystem
was never added to any process's namespace (most kernel-internal
filesystems).

This discrepancy doesn't actually cause any problems, but it's cleaner if
mnt_namespace is NULL for these non exported filesystems.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 618f0636 23-Jun-2005 Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>

[PATCH] O(1) sb list traversing on syncs

This patch removes O(n^2) super block loops in sync_inodes(),
sync_filesystems() etc. in favour of using __put_super_and_need_restart()
which I introduced earlier. We faced a noticably long freezes on sb
syncing when there are thousands of super blocks in the system.

Signed-Off-By: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 8680e22f 21-Jun-2005 Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>

[PATCH] VFS: memory leak in do_kern_mount()

There is a memory leak during mount when CONFIG_SECURITY is enabled and
mount options are specified.

Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <geraldsc@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>


# 1da177e4 16-Apr-2005 Linus Torvalds <torvalds@ppc970.osdl.org>

Linux-2.6.12-rc2

Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history,
even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git
archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about
3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early
git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good
infrastructure for it.

Let it rip!